MRC User Manual (Canada) 01 11 2018 ENG

User Manual: Pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 289 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

(
Merchant Resource Center
User Manual
v1.0.0 (Canada)
About this documentation
Documentation Date: January 11, 2018
Created by: Moneris Product Documentation
®MONERIS and MONERIS BE PAYMENT READY & Design are registered trade-mark of Moneris Solutions Corporation. All
other marks or registered trade-marks are the property of their respective owners.
© 2018 Moneris Solutions Corporation, 3300 Bloor Street West, Toronto, Ontario, M8X 2X2. All Rights Reserved. This
manual shall not wholly or in part, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, including photocopying, be
reproduced or transmitted without the authorized consent of Moneris Solutions Corporation ("Moneris").
This guide is for informational purposes only. Neither Moneris nor any of its affiliates shall be liable for any direct,
indirect, incidental, consequential or punitive damages arising out of use of any of the information contained in this
guide. Neither Moneris or any of its affiliates nor any of our or their respective licensors, licensees, service providers or
suppliers warrant or make any representation regarding the use or the results of the use of the information, content and
materials contained in this guide in terms of their correctness, accuracy, reliability or otherwise.
Your Gift card processing is governed by your Moneris Gift Program Agreement with Moneris. Your Loyalty card
processing is governed by your Moneris Loyalty Program Agreement with Moneris. Your credit and/or debit card
processing is governed by the terms and conditions of the Moneris Merchant Agreement (the "Merchant Agreement") with
Moneris. It is your responsibility to ensure that proper card processing procedures are followed at all times. Please refer to
your Merchant manuals and the Merchant Agreement for details. The Moneris Merchant Operating Manual is available at
moneris.com/support.
iii
Contents
1 INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................................... 1
1.1 Introduction 1
1.2 Before you get started 1
1.2.1 Store administrator user: before you get started 2
1.2.2 Non-administrator user: before you get started 2
1.3 Activating your Merchant Resource Center store 3
1.4 Ready to use the Merchant Resource Center? 4
2 MERCHANT RESOURCE CENTER BASICS ................................................................................ 5
2.1 Logging into the Merchant Resource Center 5
2.1.1 The Merchant Resource Center main page 6
2.1.2 The menu bar 7
2.1.3 Available store features 8
2.2 Accessing context-sensitive help 8
2.3 Using the search fields 8
2.4 Logging out of the Merchant Resource Center 9
2.5 Need to reset your login password? 9
2.6 Configuring your security questions and answers 10
2.7 Switching between Canadian/U.S. Merchant Resource Center 11
2.8 General guidelines for performing transactions 12
3 MONERIS IPP320 PIN PAD ..................................................................................................... 13
3.1 Before you get started 15
3.2 Hardware setup: iPP320 PIN Pad using USB cable connection 18
3.3 Hardware setup: iPP320 PIN Pad using serial cable connection 23
3.4 Hardware setup: iPP320 PIN Pad using cloud pairing 28
3.5 Configuring the optional settings 35
Contents
iv Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
3.5.1 Changing the iPP320 PIN Pad's default display language:
USB/serial 36
3.5.2 Changing the iPP320 PIN Pad's default display language:
cloud 37
3.5.3 Changing the configuration settings of an initialized IPP320
PIN Pad: cloud 38
3.5.4 Un-pairing an iPP320 PIN Pad 43
3.6 Pairing an initialized iPP320 PIN Pad: cloud 44
3.7 Troubleshooting 45
3.7.1 iPP320 PIN Pad error messages 45
3.7.2 Merchant Resource Center error messages 45
3.8 Card entry options 46
3.8.1 Insert (chip cards) 46
3.8.2 Swipe (magnetic stripe cards) 46
3.8.3 Wave/tap: contactless cards 47
3.8.4 Manual card entry 48
4 VIRTUAL TERMINAL ................................................................................................................ 49
4.1 Purchase with debit/credit card 50
4.1.1 Purchase with debit/credit card: iPP320 PIN Pad: USB/serial 51
4.1.2 Purchase with debit/credit card: iPP320 - manual card entry:
USB/serial 52
4.1.3 Purchase with debit/credit card: iPP320 PIN Pad: cloud 53
4.1.4 Purchase with debit/credit card: iPP320 - manual card entry:
cloud 54
4.1.5 Purchase with debit/credit card: unencrypted MSR 56
4.1.6 Purchase with debit/credit card: Vault profile 57
4.1.7 Purchase with debit/credit card: keyed entry 58
4.2 Purchase with cash 59
4.3 Group Purchase with debit/credit card 60
4.4 Preauthorization with debit/credit card 61
4.4.1 Preauthorization with debit/credit card: iPP320 PIN Pad:
USB/serial 62
4.4.2 Preauthorization with debit/credit card: iPP320 PIN Pad -
manual card entry : USB/serial 63
4.4.3 Preauthorization with debit/credit card: iPP320 PIN Pad:
cloud 65
4.4.4 Preauthorization with debit/credit card: iPP320 PIN Pad -
manual entry: cloud 66
Contents
v
4.4.5 Preauthorization with debit/credit card: unencrypted MSR 68
4.4.6 Preauthorization with debit/credit card: Vault profile 69
4.4.7 Preauthorization with debit/credit card: keyed entry 71
4.5 Reauthorization with debit/credit card 73
4.6 Capturing a debit/credit Preauthorization 74
4.7 Capturing a debit/credit Reauthorization 76
4.8 Voice Authorization-Advice with debit/credit card 78
4.8.1 Voice Authorization-Advice with debit/credit card:
unencrypted MSR 79
4.8.2 Voice Authorization-Advice with debit/credit card: keyed entry
80
4.9 Void with debit/credit card 81
4.10 Refund with debit/credit card 82
4.11 Refund with cash 84
4.12 Independent Refund with debit/credit card 85
4.12.1 Independent Refund with debit/credit card: iPP320 PIN Pad:
USB/serial 86
4.12.2 Independent Refund with debit/credit card: iPP320 PIN Pad -
manual card entry: USB/serial 87
4.12.3 Independent Refund with debit/credit card: iPP320 PIN Pad:
cloud 88
4.12.4 Independent Refund with debit/credit card: iPP320 PIN Pad -
manual card entry: cloud 89
4.12.5 Independent Refund with debit/credit card: unencrypted
MSR 90
4.12.6 Independent Refund with debit/credit card: Vault profile 91
4.12.7 Independent Refund with debit/credit card: keyed entry 92
4.13 Card Verification with debit/credit card 93
4.13.1 Card Verification with debit/credit card: unencrypted MSR 94
4.13.2 Card Verification with debit/credit card: keyed entry 95
4.14 Chip Initialization 96
4.15 Cloud Initialization 97
4.16 Optional procedures: debit/credit cards 98
4.16.1 Adding order details to a transaction 98
4.16.2 When a purchasing (corporate) card is detected 99
Contents
vi Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
4.16.3 Adding level 2/3 details: capturing a debit/credit
Preauthorization 100
4.16.4 Adding level 2/3 details: capturing a debit/credit
Reauthorization 104
4.16.5 Adding level 2/3 details: Refund 108
4.16.6 Cardholder prompts: iPP320 PIN Pad (USB/serial) 112
4.16.7 Cardholder prompts: iPP320 PIN Pad - manual card entry
(USB/serial) 115
4.16.8 Cardholder prompts: iPP320 PIN Pad (cloud) 117
4.16.9 Cardholder prompts: iPP320 PIN Pad - tip enabled (cloud) 119
5 PRINTING/E-MAILING A RECEIPT........................................................................................ 120
6 ORDER HISTORY .................................................................................................................... 121
6.1 Areas on the "Order History" page 121
6.1.1 Transaction type details: "Order History" page 122
6.1.2 Tip information details: "Order History" page 123
6.1.3 eFraud details: "Order History" page 123
6.1.4 Action items: "Order History" page 124
6.2 Accessing a transaction's "Order History" page 125
7 MONERIS GIFT/LOYALTY CARD PROGRAMS ..................................................................... 126
7.1 Purchase with gift card 128
7.1.1 Purchase with gift card: unencrypted MSR 129
7.1.2 Purchase with gift card: keyed entry 130
7.2 Void with gift card 131
7.3 Refund with gift card 132
7.4 Independent Refund with gift card 133
7.4.1 Independent Refund with gift card: unencrypted MSR 134
7.4.2 Independent Refund with gift card: keyed entry 135
7.5 Loyalty Purchase: awarding loyalty points 136
7.5.1 Loyalty Purchase: awarding loyalty points for associated
debit/credit Purchase 137
7.5.2 Loyalty Purchase: awarding loyalty points for associated
debit/credit Purchase (gift/loyalty card Activation) 138
7.5.3 Loyalty Purchase: awarding loyalty points for associated
debit/credit Voice Authorization-Advice 139
7.5.4 Loyalty Purchase: awarding loyalty points for associated
cash Purchase 140
Contents
vii
7.5.5 Loyalty Purchase: awarding loyalty points for associated gift
Purchase 141
7.5.6 Loyalty Preauthorization: allocating points for associated
debit/credit Preauthorization 142
7.5.7 Loyalty Capture: awarding loyalty points for associated
debit/credit Capture 143
7.6 Manual Redemption (dollars) with loyalty card 144
7.6.1 Manual Redemption (dollars) with loyalty card: unencrypted
MSR 145
7.6.2 Manual Redemption (dollars) with loyalty card: keyed entry 146
7.7 Manual Redemption (points) with loyalty card 147
7.7.1 Manual Redemption (points) with loyalty card: unencrypted
MSR 148
7.7.2 Manual Redemption (points) with loyalty card: keyed entry 149
7.8 Loyalty Void 150
7.8.1 Loyalty Void: removing loyalty points for associated
debit/credit Void 151
7.8.2 Loyalty Void: reversing an associated gift card Purchase 151
7.8.3 Loyalty Void: reversing a loyalty Redemption 152
7.9 Loyalty Refund 153
7.9.1 Loyalty Refund: removing loyalty points for associated
debit/credit Refund 154
7.9.2 Loyalty Refund: removing loyalty points for associated cash
Refund 154
7.9.3 Loyalty Refund: removing loyalty points for associated gift
Refund 155
7.9.4 Loyalty Refund: reversing a loyalty Redemption 155
7.10 Redeeming coupon/voucher with gift/loyalty card 156
7.10.1 Redeeming coupon/voucher with gift/loyalty card: MSR 157
7.10.2 Redeeming coupon/voucher with gift/loyalty card:
keyed entry 158
7.11 Activating and loading a gift/loyalty card 159
7.11.1 Activating and loading a gift/loyalty card: MSR 160
7.11.2 Activating and loading a gift/loyalty card: keyed entry 161
7.12 Deactivating a gift/loyalty card 162
7.12.1 Deactivating a gift/loyalty card: MSR 163
7.12.2 Deactivating a gift/loyalty card: keyed entry 164
7.13 Balance Inquiry for gift/loyalty card: initiating from menu bar 165
7.13.1 Balance Inquiry for gift/loyalty card: MSR 166
Contents
viii Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
7.13.2 Balance Inquiry for gift/loyalty card: keyed entry 167
7.14 Balance Inquiry for gift card: initiating during gift Purchase 168
7.15 Balance Inquiry for loyalty card: initiating during loyalty Redemption 169
7.16 Optional procedures: gift/loyalty cards 170
7.16.1 Activating a gift/loyalty card - payment with debit/credit card:
iPP320 PIN Pad: USB/serial 170
7.16.2 Activating a gift/loyalty card - payment with debit/credit card:
MSR 171
7.16.3 Activating a gift/loyalty card - payment with debit/credit card:
keyed entry 172
7.16.4 Activating a gift/loyalty card - payment with cash 173
7.16.5 Balance due for gift dollars transaction 174
7.16.6 Balance due for loyalty dollars transaction 175
7.16.7 Balance due for loyalty points Redemption 176
8 RECURRING BILLING ............................................................................................................. 177
8.1 Registering a recurring transaction: keyed entry 178
8.2 Managing a recurring transaction 180
8.3 Recurring transactions report 182
9 VAULT ..................................................................................................................................... 184
9.1 Registering a Vault profile 185
9.1.1 Registering a Vault profile: unencrypted MSR 186
9.1.2 Registering a Vault profile: keyed entry 187
9.2 Managing a Vault profile 188
9.3 Vault report 197
9.4 Hosted Vault configuration 199
10 REPORTS ................................................................................................................................. 200
10.1 Transactions report: debit/credit cards and cash 201
10.2 Transactions report: grouped transactions 203
10.3 Transactions report: gift/loyalty cards 204
10.4 Transactions report: cash 205
Contents
ix
10.5 Managed account updater report 206
10.6 Batches report: all card transactions 208
10.7 Exporting a report (transaction list) to a file 210
11 END-OF-DAY PROCEDURE ................................................................................................... 211
12 MANAGING YOUR OWN USER PROFILE ............................................................................ 212
12.1 Modifying your user profile's login information 213
12.1.1 Modifying your login password 213
12.1.2 Modifying your security questions/answers 214
12.1.3 Modifying your registered e-mail address 214
12.2 Modifying your user profile's default transaction settings 215
12.2.1 Setting your Merchant Resource Center default page 215
12.2.2 Setting your default card entry method 216
12.2.3 Setting your default PIN Pad during your login session:
iPP320 (cloud) 217
12.2.4 Setting your default electronic commerce indicator 218
12.2.5 Setting your default display language 218
12.2.6 Setting your default PIN Pad com port number 219
12.2.7 Setting the default headers/fields to include a report's
transaction list 220
12.2.8 Setting the headers/fields to include in an exported report 222
12.3 Viewing your login history 223
13 ADMIN: MANAGING STORE SETTINGS/OTHER USER PROFILES .................................... 224
13.1 Adding a new user profile 226
13.2 Modifying a user profile 227
13.2.1 Modifying a user profile's first name/last name data 227
13.2.2 Modifying a user profile's password 228
13.2.3 Modifying a user profile's user permissions 229
13.2.4 Modifying a user profile's admin access level 230
13.3 Deactivating a user profile 231
13.4 Notification settings 232
13.4.1 Adding an e-mail address to the notification list 232
13.4.2 Removing an e-mail address from the notification list 232
13.5 Store settings 233
Contents
x Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
13.5.1 Automated logout setting 233
13.5.2 Batch close time setting 233
13.5.3 Cash payments setting 234
13.5.4 PCI mode setting 234
13.5.5 Receipt details setting 235
13.5.6 Tip setting: iPP320 PIN Pad 235
13.5.7 API token: viewing/regenerating the token 236
13.5.8 Asynchronous transaction response setting 237
13.5.9 Multi-store login status 237
13.5.10 Managed account updater setting 238
13.6 Mastercard MasterPass configuration 239
13.7 Visa Checkout configuration 241
13.8 Apple Pay in-app configuration 244
13.9 Android Pay in-app configuration 246
13.10 Multi-store login configuration 247
13.10.1 Linking a child store to the master store 248
13.10.2 Unlinking a child store from the master store 249
13.10.3 Switching from one linked store to another linked
store through multi-store login 249
13.11 Audit logs 250
13.11.1 Access violations log: viewing 250
13.11.2 Admin changes log 251
13.11.3 User changes log 251
13.11.4 Login history 252
13.12 IP access 253
13.12.1 Restricting store access to specific IP address(es) 253
13.12.2 Blocking an IP address when IP restrictions enforced 254
13.13 Web integration options 255
13.13.1 DirectPost configuration 256
13.13.2 Hosted Paypage configuration 257
13.13.3 Hosted tokenization 258
14 APPENDIX ............................................................................................................................... 259
14.1 Payment/transaction fields 259
14.2 Electronic commerce indicator (ECI) 261
Contents
xi
14.3 Permissions 262
14.3.1 Admin access level 262
14.3.2 User permissions 264
14.4 Managed account updater service 269
14.5 Level 2/3 reporting 270
14.5.1 Level 2/3 details fields 271
14.6 Address verification service (AVS) 273
14.7 Card Validation Digits (CVD) 273
14.8 Using the Merchant Resource Center store in a test environment 274
14.8.1 Test card numbers 275
14.9 Assistance and resources 276
1
1 Introduction
1.1 Introduction
Powered by the Moneris Gateway, the Moneris Merchant Resource Center™ is a Web-
based point-of-sale (POS) solution that enables you to process financial transactions
securely in real time and/or a batch environment. Through the Merchant Resource
Center you can also monitor transactions, pull reports, and reconcile batches.
1.2 Before you get started
Before you can process financial transactions on the Merchant Resource Center, there
are several steps that you need to follow, particularly if you intend to function as a store
administrator (see below).
Administrator users versus non-administrator users
Administrators have special responsibilities and access to functions that should be
available to regular users. For example, as an administrator, you would normally
perform duties such as adding and deleting user profiles and configuring optional
settings that affect all users logging into your Merchant Resource Center store.
If you intend to use the Merchant Resource Center as an administrator,
see Store administrator user: before you get started (page 2).
If you intend to use the Merchant Resource Center as a non-administrator user,
see Non-administrator user: before you get started (page 2).
1 Introduction
2 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
1.2.1 Store administrator user: before you get started
1. If you are activating a Merchant Resource Center store, ensure that you have your
Moneris Merchant ID and Store ID (refer to your Moneris Welcome e-mail for
these IDs).
2. Do one of the following:
If you have all the required elements, go to step 3.
If you do not have the required elements, please at 1-866-319-7450
or e-mail onlinepayments@moneris.com.
3. Determine your setup requirements:
If your store is not yet activated, proceed to Activating your Merchant
Resource Center store (page 3).
If your store is already activated, proceed to Ready to use the Merchant
Resource Center? (page 4).
1.2.2 Non-administrator user: before you get started
1. Obtain your login credentials (store ID and password) from your store
administrator.
2. Go to Ready to use the Merchant Resource Center? (page 4).
1 Introduction
3
1.3 Activating your Merchant Resource Center store
Follow the steps below to activate your Merchant Resource Center store.
Note: If your store is already activated, go to step 11.
1. Visit moneris.com/activate.
2. In the Moneris Merchant ID and Moneris Store ID fields, enter your Merchant ID
and Store ID (refer to your Moneris Welcome e-mail for these IDs).
3. Click on the Next button.
4. In the First Name and Last Name fields, enter your first name and last name.
5. In the Username and Password/Password Confirm fields, enter the username
and password under which you want to log into your store.
Note: The password must adhere to these restrictions (password fields are case
sensitive): include 7-16 characters; start with a letter; and contain a
number.
You must change your password periodically. If your password expires, you
will be prompted to create a new password.
6. Click on the Next button.
7. From each of the three Question/Answer # drop-down lists, select a question and
enter an answer in the corresponding field.
Note: Periodically you will be prompted to answer one of the questions when
logging in.
8. In the Email Address field, enter your e-mail address.
Note: Should you ever need to have your password reset, a temporary password
will be sent to this address.
9. Click on the Complete Activation button.
10. When a "Congratulations!" page displays, it means your Merchant Resource
Center store is activated.
Important! Passwords should be kept confidential and not shared with any one.
Change your password immediately if you have any reason to believe that
someone else has access to it or has tried to log into your account (see page 213).
11. Go to Ready to use the Merchant Resource Center? (page 4).
1 Introduction
4 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
1.4 Ready to use the Merchant Resource Center?
1. Do any of the following depending on your requirements:
If you need to set up a new iPP320 PIN Pad, proceed to page 13.
If you do not need to set up any POS hardware (e.g., iPP320 PIN Pad), go to
step 2.
2. Learn more about some of the Merchant Resource Center features by reading
through the sections listed below:
Note: Some of the features referenced in this manual will not necessarily be visible
or accessible on your own Merchant Resource Center store. The features
that are visible/accessible to you during your login session are dependent
on the setup of your merchant account, the permissions for which your
store administrator has configured your user profile, and the store settings
as configured by your administrator.
To log in/log out from the Merchant Resource Center and learn about some of
the basic features, see page 5.
To perform financial transactions with debit/credit cards and cash, see
page 49.
To perform financial transactions with gift/loyalty cards, including
activating/deactivating cards, see page 126.
To set up/manage recurring transactions, see page 177.
To set up/manage Vault profiles, see page 184.
To generate financial transaction reports, see page 200.
To configure the settings/preferences for your own user profile, see page 211.
To use the Merchant Resource Center in a test environment, see page 274.
3. If you are acting as the store administrator, configure the appropriate store
settings as desired (see page 224).
Important! As a security precaution, you should configure the auto-logout
setting so that any user is automatically logged out after a specified period of
inactivity (see page 233).
5
2 Merchant Resource Center basics
2.1 Logging into the Merchant Resource Center
Follow the steps below to log in/start a new session on the Merchant Resource Center.
1. Visit https://www3.moneris.com/mpg/.
2. Wait for the "Merchant Resource Center" login page (shown below) to display:
3. In the "Logon" area, enter your credentials in the fields (Username, Store ID, and
Password).
Note: You must have a valid user ID (username) and password to access the
Merchant Resource Center.
Important! Passwords should be kept confidential and not shared with any one.
Change your password immediately if you have any reason to believe that
someone else has access to it or has tried to log into your account (see page 213).
4. Click on the Submit button.
Note: You must change your password periodically. If your password expires, you
will be prompted to create a new password.
If prompted to select/answer three security questions, see page 10.
If prompted to change your password, enter the new password, and click on
the Submit button.
Note: The password (password fields are case sensitive) must include 7-16
characters; start with a letter; contain a number; and cannot be the
same as the previous 4 passwords.
If prompted to answer a security question, answer it, and click on the Submit
button (or Change Password button).
5. When the "Merchant Resource Center" main page displays (see page 6), you have
successfully logged in.
2 Merchant Resource Center basics
6 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
2.1.1 The Merchant Resource Center main page
When you log in for the first time, the Merchant Resource Center main page (shown
below) will display.
Note: The main page will always display unless you change your default page (see page
215).
2 Merchant Resource Center Basics
7
2.1.2 The menu bar
Once you are logged into the Merchant Resource Center, you will see the menu bar
(shown here) displayed near the top of the screen.
The menu bar lists the features for which your store has been enabled (for a list
of menu bar-accessible features, see page 8).
Using the menu bar
To access the functions/transactions associated with a menu-accessible feature, do the
following:
1. Click on the feature that you want to use (e.g., to use the virtual terminal feature,
click on Terminal on the menu bar).
2. Once the associated sub-menu bar displays (shown here), click on the function/
transaction that you want to access (e.g., to do a debit/credit Purchase, click on
Purchase).
3. When the "Purchase" page is displayed, you may perform the transaction.
2 Merchant Resource Center basics
8 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
2.1.3 Available store features
The table below lists the Merchant Resource Center features that accessible from the
menu bar (see page 7).
Note: Only the features for which your Merchant Resource Center store has been enabled
will be accessible and/or visible.
Feature
Description
Admin
Administrative functions (see page 224).
Reports
Transaction and batch reports (see page 200).
Terminal
Virtual terminal (see page 49).
Recurring
Recurring billing (see page 177).
Gift/Loyalty
Moneris Gift/Loyalty (see page 126).
Vault
Vault (see page 184).
Help
Context-sensitive online help (see page 8).
Firstname_Lastname
Managing your own user profile (see page 212).
2.2 Accessing context-sensitive help
Context-sensitive onscreen help may be accessed from any Merchant Resource Center
page.
1. To access the help, click on Help on the menu bar.
2.3 Using the search fields
When entering data in a Merchant Resource Center search field, please note:
Search fields are not case sensitive.
Note: Password fields are case sensitive.
You may enter just a portion of a name (e.g., if you enter "mon" or "eris" or "Neri,"
the system retrieves "Moneris" in all instances).
2 Merchant Resource Center Basics
9
2.4 Logging out of the Merchant Resource Center
Follow the steps below to end your session and log out of the Merchant Resource Center.
1. On the menu bar, click on Firstname_Lastname > Logout.
2. When the Merchant Resource Center login page displays (see page 5), it means
you have successfully logged out.
2.5 Need to reset your login password?
1. Start on the Merchant Resource Center login page (visit
https://www3.moneris.com/mpg/ ).
2. Click on the Forgot Password? button.
3. On the "Password Reset" page, enter your credentials in the Username and Store
ID fields.
4. Click on the Submit button.
5. Answer the security question (enter the answer in the field), and click on the
Submit button.
Note: If you cannot remember the answer to your security question, contact your
store administrator and request that they reset your password. If you are
the store administrator and you cannot remember your security question,
contact onlinepayments@moneris.com ).
6. Click on the Close Window button.
7. Wait for the temporary password to be e-mailed to you.
8. Log into the Merchant Resource Center (enter your username and the temporary
password that was e-mailed to you).
Note: You will be prompted to change the temporary password.
2 Merchant Resource Center basics
10 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
2.6 Configuring your security questions and answers
The questions and answers that you configure will be used to identify you in the event
that you forget your password. (Periodically you may be prompted to answer a question
when logging in.)
1. Select a question from each of the three Security Question # drop-down lists, and
enter an answer in the corresponding Security Answer field.
Note: Each question and answer must be between 6 and 90 characters long, and
each question and answer must be different from the other
questions/answers.
2. In the Email Address field, enter your e-mail address.
Note: In the event that you need to have your login password reset, a temporary
password will be sent to this address.
3. Click on the Save Reset Password Data button.
4. When the "Merchant Resource Center" main page displays (see page 6), you have
successfully logged in.
2 Merchant Resource Center Basics
11
2.7 Switching between Canadian/U.S. Merchant
Resource Center
Follow the steps below to switch between the Canadian Merchant Resource Center and
U.S. Merchant Resource Center.
Note: You may switch between the Merchant Resource Centers regardless of whether you
are logged into one or both (to access a Merchant Resource Center store, you must
always login using the credentials for your store).
To switch to the "Canada English" login page:
1. On the menu bar, click on the Canada - English icon.
2. Wait for the "Merchant Resource Center" page to display.
3. Confirm that the icon is displayed on the menu bar.
To switch to the Canada French login page:
1. On the menu bar, click on the Canada - French icon.
2. Wait for the "Centre de ressources aux commerçants" page to display.
3. Confirm that the icon is displayed on the menu bar.
To switch to the U.S. English login page:
1. On the menu bar, click on the USA Website icon.
2. Wait for the "Merchant Resource Center" page to display.
3. Confirm that the icon is displayed on the menu bar..
2 Merchant Resource Center basics
12 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
2.8 General guidelines for performing transactions
A financial transaction involves the transfer of funds between a cardholder's account
and your own business account.
1. Select the transaction to be processed (e.g., Terminal > Purchase or
Terminal > Refund).
2. Select a payment method/card entry method.
3. Capture the card data (e.g., manually enter the data in Merchant Resource Center
fields, or use an iPP320 PIN Pad or other supported POS device to capture the
data).
If an iPP320 PIN Pad is connected (see page 13), ensure that the cardholder
follows any prompts that are displayed.
4. Wait for the Merchant Resource Center to display an "APPROVED" or "DECLINED"
response.
5. Print/e-mail a transaction receipt.
13
3 Moneris iPP320 PIN Pad
The Moneris iPP320 PIN Pad can be used to process card-present transactions from your
Merchant Resource Center store.
To set up an iPP320 PIN Pad to work with your Merchant Resource Center store,
follow the setup steps beginning on page 15.
For names and descriptions of the labelled areas on the iPP320 PIN Pad, see page 14.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
3 Moneris iPP320 PIN Pad
14 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
To see the labelled areas on the iPP320 PIN Pad, see page 13.
Label
Description
1
Function keys (F1, F2, F3, and F4)
Select the option displayed above the key.
2
Alpha-Numeric keys
3
Cancel key (red)
Clear message displayed on the iPP320 PIN Pad.
Cancel transaction.
4
Correct key (yellow)
Clear data entered on the iPP320 PIN Pad.
5
OK / Enter key (green)
Submit data, or acknowledge a message on the iPP320 PIN Pad.
6
Chip Reader (slot at the bottom of the iPP320 PIN Pad)
See page 46.
7
Contactless Reader Indicator (green flashing light)
Four lights flash: The reader is capturing card data (see page 47).
No lights flash: The reader is idle.
8
Display Screen/Contactless Reader
"WELCOME/BONJOUR" screen displays when the iPP320 PIN Pad is idle.
9
Magnetic Stripe Reader (slot along the side of iPP320 PIN Pad)
See page 46.
3 Moneris iPP320 PIN Pad
15
3.1 Before you get started
1. Please confirm that you received the following hardware from Moneris:
IPP320 PIN PAD
2. Please confirm that you received one of the following PIN Pad cables from
Moneris:
PIN PAD USB CABLE
PIN PAD SERIAL CABLE
PIN PAD ETHERNET CABLE
POWER CABLE 1
1 The power cable is included only with the PIN Pad serial cable or the PIN Pad Ethernet cable.
3 Moneris iPP320 PIN Pad
16 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
3. Ensure that you have the following elements:
Merchant Resource Center login credentials (username, store ID, and
password).
Full admin permissions for your Merchant Resource Center user account.
If you received a PIN Pad USB cable:
Computer/PC2 (to access the Merchant Resource Center).
Note: A Web browser (Internet Explorer 8 or higher) with cookies enabled
is required.
Internet connection (high speed recommended).
If you received a PIN Pad serial cable:
Computer/PC2 (to access the Merchant Resource Center).
Note: A Web browser (Internet Explorer 8 or higher) with cookies enabled
is required.
Internet connection (high speed recommended).
If you received a PIN Pad Ethernet cable (cloud):
Computer or mobile device (to access the Merchant Resource Center).
Note: If you want to access the Merchant Resource Center via
computer/PC, you must have an up-do-date Web browser (any
browser) with cookies enabled.
Internet connection (high speed recommended).
Wired hi-speed Internet access point (e.g., a router/switch/hub/internal
wiring whatever is applicable to the high-speed Internet service at your
specific location), to which you will connect the iPP320 PIN Pad.
Note: If your LAN has firewall restrictions on IP traffic to the Internet,
ensure that the firewall is configured so that the TCP port for SSL =
443. This port must be open to allow the iPP320 PIN Pad to
communicate with Moneris (https://ipterm.moneris.com).
4. Do one of the following:
Setting up a new iPP320 PIN Pad?
If you have all the required hardware and elements, go to step 5.
If any of the above required hardware and/or elements are missing, contact
us at 1-866-319-7450, or email onlinepayments@moneris.com.
Changing the configuration settings on an iPP320 PIN Pad that is already
installed and initialized at your location?
Go directly to Configuring the optional settings on page 35.
2 Full admin permissions for your user account with the Java platform installed and enabled (free download available from java.com).
3 Moneris iPP320 PIN Pad
17
5. Based on the PIN Pad cable type that you received, follow the applicable setup
procedure as referenced in the table below:
PIN Pad cable type
Setup procedure:
USB
Go to Hardware setup: iPP320 PIN Pad using USB cable connection
(page 18).
Serial
Go to Hardware setup: iPP320 PIN Pad using serial cable connection
(page 23).
Ethernet
Go to Hardware setup: iPP320 PIN Pad using cloud pairing (page
28).
3 Moneris iPP320 PIN Pad
18 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
3.2 Hardware setup: iPP320 PIN Pad using USB cable
connection
Follow these instructions to set up your iPP320 PIN Pad to use a USB connection to your
computer.
1. Download and install the iPP320 PIN Pad USB driver
a. Visit https://github.com/moneris/.
b. When the "Moneris" page displays, locate the IPP320-PIN Pad-USB-driver link, and click on it.
c. When the "Moneris/IPP320-PIN Pad-USB-driver" page displays, locate the
TeliumUSBJungoDriverforWindows-v280.zip listing, and then save the zip file to your
computer.
d. Unzip the TeliumUSBJungoDriverforWindows-v280.zip file, and click on the bundled
executable (.exe) file to begin the installation process.
e. When the installation dialog boxes display, continue clicking the Next button as prompted,
and then click on the Install button.
f. Once the driver is installed, go to step 2 (Connect the USB cable to the iPP320 PIN Pad and your
computer) below.
2. Connect the USB cable to the iPP320 PIN Pad and your computer
a. Plug the PIN Pad USB cable into the empty port on the
underside of the iPP320 PIN Pad.
b. Fold the latch down and press to secure the cable
connection to the iPP320 PIN Pad.
c. Plug the PIN Pad USB cable connector into a USB port
on your computer.
d. Wait while the iPP320 PIN Pad powers on.
e. When the "INIT REQUIRED" screen displays on the
iPP320 PIN Pad, go to step 3 (Access the iPP320 PIN Pad
configuration menu) on page 19.
INIT REQUIRED
PIN PAD
USB CABLE
LATCH
PORT
IPP320
PIN PAD
PIN PAD USB CABLE
CONNECTOR
3 Moneris iPP320 PIN Pad
19
3. Access the iPP320 PIN Pad configuration menu
a. Ensure that the "INIT REQUIRED" screen is displayed.
b. Press the function keys in the following sequence: F2, F1, F3,
and F4.
INIT REQUIRED
c. When the "MENU" screen displays, go to step 3d of this
procedure.
If the "INIT REQUIRED" screen displays, go back to
step 3b of this procedure.
MENU
DISPLAY STATUS
CONFIGURATION
DISPLAY STATUS
d. Press the F2 key to scroll to CONFIGURATION, and press the
green key.
MENU
DISPLAY STATUS
CONFIGURATION
CONFIGURATION
e. When the "CONFIGURATION" screen displays, press the F4 key
(YES).
f. Press the green key to continue.
CONFIGURATION
NO YES
YES
g. When the "LANGUAGE/LANGUE" screen displays, go to step 4
(Configure the iPP320 PIN Pad for a USB cable connection) on
page 20.
LANGUAGE/LANGUE
ENGL FRAN
ENGL
3 Moneris iPP320 PIN Pad
20 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
4. Configure the iPP320 PIN Pad for a USB cable connection
a. On the "LANGUAGE/LANGUE" screen, select the iPP320 PIN Pad's
default display language:
To enable English as the default language, press
the F1 key (ENGL).
For enable French as the default language, press
the F4 key (FRAN).
LANGUAGE/LANGUE
ENGL FRAN
ENGL
b. When the "CABLE TYPE" menu displays, press the green key
(USB).
CABLE TYPE
USB
RS232
USB
c. When the "QR-CODE" screen displays, press the F4 key (OFF).
QR-CODE
ON OFF
OFF
d. When the "BEEP" screen displays, press the F1 key (ON).
BEEP
ON OFF
ON
e. When the "PED SERIAL NUMBER" screen displays, press the
green key to continue.
Note: The serial number is the iPP320 PIN Pad's terminal ID,
which is an eight-digit number that starts with "61" (e.g.,
"61012345"). The terminal ID is also printed on a sticker affixed
to the iPP320 PIN Pad.
PED
SERIAL NUMBER
61012345
f. Wait while the IPP320 PIN Pad reboots.
PINPAD WILL
REBOOT IN
FEW SECONDS,
PLEASE WAIT
g. When the "INIT REQUIRED" screen displays, go to step 5 (Identify
the com port the iPP320 PIN Pad is using when connected to your
computer) on page 21.
INIT REQUIRED
3 Moneris iPP320 PIN Pad
21
5. Identify the com port the iPP320 PIN Pad is using when connected to your
computer
a. Identify which com port the iPP320 PIN Pad is using while it is connected to your computer:
This com port will be named "SAGEM TELIUM".
Note: If you are unsure about how to identify the com ports used by peripheral devices
connected to your computer, refer to the documentation for your computer's operating system.
b. Identify the "SAGEM TELIUM" com port number.
Note: If you are unsure about how to identify com port numbers on your computer, refer to
the documentation for your computer's operating system.
c. Go to step 6 (Configure the Merchant Resource Center com port setting for your user account)
below.
6. Configure the Merchant Resource Center com port setting for your user
account
a. Log into your Merchant Resource Center store (visit https://www3.moneris.com/mpg, enter
your login credentials in the fields, and click on the Submit button).
b. On the menu bar, click on Firstname_Lastname > Account Settings.
c. When the "Account Settings" page displays, locate the "Pinpad COM Port" area.
d. In the Pinpad COM Port field, enter the com port (number) that the iPP320 PIN Pad is using
while it is connected to your computer.
e. Click on the Save COM port button.
f. When the "success" message displays above the button, log out of the Merchant Resource
Center, and close your browser.
g. Go to step 7 (Initialize the iPP320 PIN Pad) on page 22.
5
6
3 Moneris iPP320 PIN Pad
22 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
7. Initialize the iPP320 PIN Pad
a. Log into your Merchant Resource Center store (visit https://www3.moneris.com/mpg, enter
your login credentials in the fields, and click on the Submit button).
b. On the menu bar, click on Terminal > Chip Initialization.
c. When "Establishing communication with pinpad" displays on the "Chip Initialization" page,
go to the next step.
d. When "Downloading pinpad parameters from the host" displays on the "Chip Initialization"
page, go to the next step.
If a Moneris "TerminalApplet" warning dialog box displays on your computer screen,
select the option to always trust content from this publisher, and then allow the
applet to run.
If a "security warning" dialog box displays on your computer screen prompting you
for permission to allow the Moneris "TerminalApplet" to access a moneris.com Web
site, select the option to always grant this access.
e. When the iPP320 PIN Pad displays "PLEASE WAIT", wait while the
iPP320 PIN Pad initializes (this process may take up to several
minutes to complete).
PLEASE WAIT
f. When the Merchant Resource Center displays the "Initialization complete" response, go to the
next step.
If the Continue button displays, click on it.
g. When the iPP320 PIN Pad displays the "WELCOME/BONJOUR"
screen, it is ready to be used to process transactions:
To configure supported optional settings, go to
Configuring the optional settings on page 35.
WELCOME/BONJOUR
7
3 Moneris iPP320 PIN Pad
23
3.3 Hardware setup: iPP320 PIN Pad using serial cable
connection
Follow these instructions to set up your iPP320 PIN Pad to use a serial connection to your
computer.
1. Connect the serial cable to the iPP320 PIN Pad and your computer
a. Plug the PIN Pad serial cable into the empty port on the
underside of the iPP320 PIN Pad.
b. Fold the latch down and press to secure the cable
connection.
c. Plug the power cable connector into the port at the back
of the PIN Pad serial cable connector.
d. Plug the PIN Pad serial cable connector into a serial port
on your computer.
e. Plug the power cable adaptor into a working power
outlet.
f. Wait while the iPP320 PIN Pad powers on.
g. When the "INIT REQUIRED" screen displays on the iPP320
PIN Pad, go to step 2 (Access the iPP320 PIN Pad
configuration menu) on page 24.
INIT REQUIRED
LATCH
PIN PAD
SERIAL
CABLE
PORT
IPP320
PIN PAD
PORT
PIN PAD SERIAL
CABLE CONNECTOR
POWER CABLE
CONNECTOR
PIN PAD SERIAL CABLE
CONNECTOR
POWER CABLE
ADAPTOR
3 Moneris iPP320 PIN Pad
24 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
2. Access the iPP320 PIN Pad configuration menu
a. Ensure that the "INIT REQUIRED" screen is displayed.
b. Press the function keys in the following sequence: F2, F1, F3,
and F4.
INIT REQUIRED
c. When the "MENU" screen (shown here) displays, go to step 2d
of this procedure.
If the "INIT REQUIRED" screen displays, go back to step
2b of this procedure.
MENU
DISPLAY STATUS
CONFIGURATION
DISPLAY STATUS
d. On the "MENU" screen, press the F2 key to scroll to
CONFIGURATION, and press the green key.
MENU
DISPLAY STATUS
CONFIGURATION
CONFIGURATION
e. When the "CONFIGURATION" screen displays, press the F4 key
(YES).
f. Press the green key to continue.
CONFIGURATION
NO YES
YES
g. When the "LANGUAGE/LANGUE" screen displays, go to step 3
(Configure the iPP320 PIN Pad for a serial cable connection) on
page 25.
LANGUAGE/LANGUE
ENGL FRAN
ENGL
3 Moneris iPP320 PIN Pad
25
3. Configure the iPP320 PIN Pad for a serial cable connection
a. When the "LANGUAGE/LANGUE" menu displays, select the
iPP320 PIN Pad's default display language:
To enable English as the default language, press the F1
key (ENGL).
To enable French as the default lanauge, press the F4
key (FRAN).
LANGUAGE/LANGUE
ENGL FRAN
ENGL
b. When the "CABLE TYPE" menu displays, press the F2 key to
scroll down to RS232, and press the green key.
CABLE TYPE
USB
RS232
RS232
c. When the "QR-CODE" screen displays, press the F4 key (OFF).
QR-CODE
ON OFF
OFF
d. When the "BEEP" screen displays, press the F1 key (ON).
BEEP
ON OFF
ON
e. When the "PED SERIAL NUMBER" screen displays, press the
green key to continue.
Note: The serial number is the iPP320 PIN Pad's terminal ID,
which is an eight-digit number that starts with "61" (e.g.,
"61012345"). The terminal ID is also printed on a sticker affixed
to the iPP320 PIN Pad.
PED
SERIAL NUMBER
61012345
f. Wait while the IPP320 PIN Pad reboots.
PINPAD WILL
REBOOT IN
FEW SECONDS,
PLEASE WAIT
g. When the "INIT REQUIRED" screen displays, go to step 4
(Identify the com port the iPP320 PIN Pad is using when
connected to your computer) on page 26.
INIT REQUIRED
3 Moneris iPP320 PIN Pad
26 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
4. Identify the com port the iPP320 PIN Pad is using when connected to your
computer
a. Identify which com port the iPP320 PIN Pad is using while it is connected to your computer:
This com port will be named "SAGEM TELIUM".
Note: If you are unsure about how to identify the com ports used by peripheral devices
connected to your computer, refer to the documentation for your computer's operating system.
b. Identify the "SAGEM TELIUM" com port number.
Note: If you are unsure about how to identify com port numbers on your computer, refer to the
documentation for your computer's operating system.
c. Go to step 5 (Configure the Merchant Resource Center com port setting for your user account)
below.
5. Configure the Merchant Resource Center com port setting for your user
account
a. Log into your Merchant Resource Center store (visit https://www3.moneris.com/mpg, enter
your login credentials in the fields, and click on the Submit button).
b. On the menu bar, click on Firstname_Lastname > Account Settings.
c. When the "Account Settings" page displays, locate the "Pinpad COM Port" area.
d. In the Pinpad COM Port field, enter the com port (number) that the iPP320 PIN Pad is using
while it is connected to your computer.
e. Click on the Save COM port button.
f. When the "success" message displays above the button, log out of the Merchant Resource
Center, and close your browser.
g. Go to step 6 (Initialize the iPP320 PIN Pad) on page 27.
5
3 Moneris iPP320 PIN Pad
27
6. Initialize the iPP320 PIN Pad
a. Log into your Merchant Resource Center store (visit https://www3.moneris.com/mpg, enter
your login credentials in the fields, and click on the Submit button).
b. On the menu bar, click on Terminal > Chip Initialization.
c. When "Establishing communication with pinpad" displays on the "Chip Initialization" page,
go to the next step.
d. When "Downloading pinpad parameters from the host" displays on the "Chip Initialization"
page, go to the next step:
If a Moneris "TerminalApplet" warning dialog box displays on your computer screen,
select the option to always trust content from this publisher, and then allow the applet to
run.
If a "security warning" dialog box displays on your computer screen prompting you for
permission to allow the Moneris "TerminalApplet" to access a moneris.com Web site,
select the option to always grant this access.
e. When the iPP320 PIN Pad displays "PLEASE WAIT", wait while the
iPP320 PIN Pad initializes (this process may take up to several
minutes to complete).
PLEASE WAIT
f. When the Merchant Resource Center displays the "Initialization complete" response, go to the
next step.
If the Continue button displays, click on it.
g. When the iPP320 PIN Pad displays the "WELCOME/BONJOUR"
screen, it is ready to be used to process transactions:
To configure supported optional settings, go to Configuring
the optional settings on page 35.
WELCOME/BONJOUR
6
3 Moneris iPP320 PIN Pad
28 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
3.4 Hardware setup: iPP320 PIN Pad using cloud
pairing
Follow these instructions to set up your iPP320 PIN Pad to pair with your Merchant
Resource Center store via the cloud.
1. Connect the iPP320 PIN Pad to your Ethernet network
a. Plug the PIN Pad Ethernet cable into the port on the
underside of the iPP320 PIN Pad.
b. Fold the latch down and press to secure the cable to the
iPP320 PIN Pad.
c. Plug the other end of the PIN Pad Ethernet cable into your
wired hi-speed Internet access point (e.g., a
router/switch/hub/internal wiring whatever is applicable
to the high-speed Internet service at your specific location).
Note: If your LAN has firewall restrictions on IP traffic to the
Internet, ensure that the firewall is configured so
that the TCP port for SSL = 443. This port must be
open to allow the iPP320 PIN Pad to communicate
with Moneris (https://ipterm.moneris.com).
d. Plug the power cable connector into the power port on the
cable box.
e. Plug the power cable adaptor into a working power outlet.
f. When the iPP320 PIN Pad starts to power on, go to the next
step
g. When the "LANGUAGE/LANGUE" screen displays, go to step
2 (Configure the iPP320 PIN Pad for the cloud) on page 29.
LANGUAGE/LANGUE
ENGL FRAN
ENGL
WIRED HI-SPEED
INTERNET ACCESS POINT
(e.g., a ROUTER)
PIN PAD ETHERNET CABLE
POWER PORT
(CABLE BOX)
(
POWER
CABLE
CONNECTOR
PORT
LATCH
PIN PAD
ETHERNET
CABLE
IPP320
PIN PAD
POWER CABLE
ADAPTOR
3 Moneris iPP320 PIN Pad
29
2. Configure the iPP320 PIN Pad for the cloud
a. On the "LANGUAGE/LANGUE" screen, select a default display
language for the iPP320 PIN Pad:
To enable English, press the F1 key (ENGL).
To enable French, press the F4 key (FRAN).
LANGUAGE/LANGUE
ENGL FRAN
ENGL
b. When the "MODE" screen displays, press the green key (SPT).
MODE
SPT
HYBRID
PCI
SPT
c. When the "COMM TYPE" screen displays, press the F2 key to scroll
down to CLOUD, and press the green key to select it.
COMM TYPE
USB
ETHERNET
CLOUD
CLOUD
d. When the "ETHERNET IP TYPE" screen displays, do one of the following:
To enable dynamic IP, go to step 3 (Configure the iPP320 PIN
Pad for dynamic IP) on page 30.
To enable static IP, proceed step 4 (Configure the iPP320 PIN
Pad for static IP) on page 31.
ETHERNET IP TYPE
STATIC DYNAMIC
DYNAMIC
2
3 Moneris iPP320 PIN Pad
30 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
3. Configure the iPP320 PIN Pad for dynamic IP
a. On the "ETHERNET IP TYPE" screen, press the F4 key (DYNAMIC).
ETHERNET IP TYPE
STATIC DYNAMIC
DYNAMIC
b. When the "CLOUD SETUP" screen displays, press the green key
(PRODUCTION).
CLOUD SETUP
PRODUCTION
TEST
PRODUCTION
c. When the next "CLOUD SETUP" screen displays, press the green
key (PRODUCTION).
CLOUD SETUP
PRODUCTION
PRODUCTION
d. When the "ENTER HOST CONNECTION TIMEOUT" screen displays,
press the green key to continue.
ENTER HOST
CONNECTION TIMEOUT
20
e. If the "TERMINAL ID" screen displays, press the green key to
continue.
f. When the "PED SERIAL NUMBER" screen displays, note the
displayed eight-digit serial number (starts with "61").
Note: The serial number is the iPP320 PIN Pad's terminal ID (e.g.,
"61012345"). You will be instructed to refer to the terminal ID
during the upcoming setup steps. (The terminal ID is also printed on
a sticker affixed to the iPP320 PIN Pad.)
g. Press the green key to continue.
Note: Once the iPP320 PIN Pad reboots, it will briefly display
"NO CONNECTION TO THE CLOUD PRESS OK TO CONNECT" followed
by the "WELCOME/BONJOUR CC" screen.
PED
SERIAL NUMBER
61012345
h. When the "Pairing Token" screen displays, go to step 5 (Pair the
iPP320 PIN Pad with your Merchant Resource Center store) on page
33.
If the "NO CONNECTION TO THE CLOUD PRESS OK TO
CONNECT" screen displays continuously, see page 45 for
troubleshooting.
Pairing Token:
123456
3
TERMINAL ID
61012345
3 Moneris iPP320 PIN Pad
31
4. Configure the iPP320 PIN Pad for static IP
a. On the "ETHERNET IP TYPE" screen, press the F1 key (STATIC).
ETHERNET IP TYPE
STATIC DYNAMIC
STATIC
b. When the "ENTER TERMINAL IP ADDRESS" screen displays, key in
the IP address (identifies the iPP320 PIN Pad on your Ethernet
network), and press the green key.
ENTER TERMINAL
IP ADDRESS
c. When the "ENTER TERMINAL SUBNET MASK" screen displays, key in
the subnet mask address, and press the green key.
ENTER TERMINAL
SUBNET MASK
d. When the "ENTER TERMINAL DEFAULT GATEWAY" screen displays,
key in the default gateway address (e.g., the IP address of your
router/switch/hub), and press the green key.
ENTER TERMINAL
DEFAULT GATEWAY
e. When the "CLOUD SETUP" screen displays, press the green key
(PRODUCTION).
CLOUD SETUP
PRODUCTION
TEST
PRODUCTION
f. When the next "CLOUD SETUP" screen displays, press the green
key (PRODUCTION)
CLOUD SETUP
PRODUCTION
PRODUCTION
g. When the "ENTER PRIMARY DNS ADDRESS" screen displays, key in
the primary DNS address, and press the green key.
ENTER PRIMARY
DNS ADDRESS
h. When the "ENTER SECONDARY DNS ADDRESS" screen displays, key
in the secondary DNS address, and press the green key.
ENTER SECONDARY
DNS ADDRESS
4
3 Moneris iPP320 PIN Pad
32 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
i. When the "ENTER HOST CONNECT TIMEOUT" screen displays, press
the green key to continue.
ENTER HOST
CONNECT TIMEOUT
20
j. If the "TERMINAL ID" screen displays, press the green key to
continue.
k. When the "PED SERIAL NUMBER" screen displays, note the
displayed eight-digit serial number (starts with "61").
Note: The serial number is the iPP320 PIN Pad's terminal ID (e.g.,
"61012345"). If you are pairing the iPP320 PIN Pad, you will be
instructed to refer to the terminal ID during the upcoming setup
steps. (The terminal ID is also printed on a sticker affixed to the
iPP320 PIN Pad.)
l. Press the green key to continue.
PED
SERIAL NUMBER
61012345
m. When the "TERMINAL WILL BE REBOOTED..." screen displays, wait
while the iPP320 PIN Pad reboots.
Note: Once the iPP320 PIN Pad reboots, it will briefly display
"NO CONNECTION TO THE CLOUD PRESS OK TO CONNECT" followed
by the "WELCOME/BONJOUR CC" screen.
TERMINAL WILL BE
REBOOTED...
n. When the "Pairing Token" screen displays, go to step 5 (Pair the
iPP320 PIN Pad with your Merchant Resource Center store) on page
33.
If the "NO CONNECTION TO THE CLOUD PRESS OK TO
CONNECT" screen displays continuously, see page 45 for
troubleshooting.
Pairing Token:
123456
TERMINAL ID
61012345
3 Moneris iPP320 PIN Pad
33
5. Pair the iPP320 PIN Pad with your Merchant Resource Center store
a. Log into your Merchant Resource Center store (visit https://www3.moneris.com/mpg, enter
your login credentials in the fields, and click on the Submit button).
b. On the menu bar, click on Admin > Cloud Pairing.
c. When the "Cloud Pairing" page displays, go to the next step.
d. Ensure that the iPP230 PIN Pad that you want to pair is
displaying its "Pairing Token" screen.
Pairing Token:
123456
e. On the "Cloud Pairing" page, go to the "Pinpads" list and locate the terminal ID ("Device ID") of
the iPP320 PIN Pad that you want to pair.
Note: The terminal ID is an eight-digit number starting with "61", which is also printed on a
sticker affixed to the iPP320 PIN Pad.
f. Click on the Pair button that corresponds to the terminal ID ("Device ID") of the iPP320 PIN Pad
that you want to pair.
g. When the "Pair device" area displays, enter the following information:
In the Pairing Token field, enter the token value that is displayed on the iPP320 PIN
Pad screen.
In the Name field, enter the name identifier (e.g., "lane 1") that you want to assign to
the iPP320 PIN Pad.
h. Click on the Pair button.
i. When the "Processing: Device is initializing..." message displays on the "Cloud Pairing" page,
go to the next step.
j. When the iPP320 PIN Pad displays the "PLEASE WAIT" screen, wait
while the iPP320 PIN Pad pairs and initializes.
PLEASE WAIT
k. When the "Success: Device was successfully paired" message displays on the "Cloud Pairing"
page, click on the Close button.
If the "Error: null" message displays, see page 45 for troubleshooting.
l. When the iPP320 PIN Pad displays the "WELCOME/BONJOUR"
screen with the indicator "CC" in the upper right corner of the
screen, go to the next step.
Note: "CC" indicates that the iPP320 PIN Pad has established a
cloud connection to Moneris.
cc
WELCOME/BONJOUR
5
3 Moneris iPP320 PIN Pad
34 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
m. On the "Cloud Pairing" page in the "Pinpads" area, confirm that the newly paired iPP320 PIN
Pad's Status column shows it as "Connected" (the Name, Serial, Last Pair Date, and Last
Transaction fields will also display data about the iPP320 PIN Pad).
Note: The Status field will display "Connected" as long as the iPP320 PIN Pad can communicate
with the Merchant Resource Center via the cloud (e.g., if the paired iPP320 PIN Pad cannot
communicate with the Merchant Resource Center because the Internet connection is broken, the
Status field will show the iPP320 PIN Pad to be "Disconnected").
n. The iPP320 PIN Pad is now ready to be used to process transactions:
To configure supported optional settings, go to Configuring the optional settings
on page 35.
3 Moneris iPP320 PIN Pad
35
3.5 Configuring the optional settings
Once you have initialized the iPP320 PIN Pad, you may enable or configure one or more
of the following optional settings:
iPP320 PIN Pad using connection type: USB/serial/cloud
To enable tip prompting on the iPP320 PIN Pad, go to page 235.
To set the iPP320 PIN Pad as the default card entry device, go to page 216.
iPP320 PIN Pad using connection type: USB/serial
To change an iPP320 PIN Pad's default display language, go to page 36.
iPP320 PIN Pad using connection type: cloud
To set an iPP320 PIN Pad to be the default PIN Pad during your login session (i.e.,
you have more than one cloud-paired iPP320 PIN Pad), go to page 217.
To change an iPP320 PIN Pad's default display language, go to page 37.
To change an iPP320 PIN Pad's Ethernet IP configuration settings, go to page 38.
To un-pair an iPP320 PIN Pad, go to page 43.
To pair an initialized but subsequently un-paired iPP320 PIN Pad, go to page 44.
3 Moneris iPP320 PIN Pad
36 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
3.5.1 Changing the iPP320 PIN Pad's default display language:
USB/serial
Follow the steps below to change the default display language of an iPP320 PIN Pad that
is connected to your computer via a USB cable or serial cable.
1. Access the iPP320 PIN Pad's configuration menus
a. On the "WELCOME/BONJOUR" screen, simultaneously press and
hold down both the yellow key and the key until the
iPP320 PIN Pad starts to reboot.
WELCOME/BONJOUR
b. When the "POSPAD CANADA" screen displays, quickly press the
red key, and then press the green key.
Note: You have 10 seconds to complete this action, or the iPP320
PIN Pad will return to the "WELCOME/BONJOUR" screen.
POSPAD CANADA
C0000-61012345
c. When the "LANGUAGE/LANGUE" screen displays, go to step 1a.
If the "WELCOME/BONJOUR" screen displays, go back to
step 1a.
d. On the "LANGUAGE/LANGUE" screen, press the F4 key (FRAN).
LANGUAGE/LANGUE
ENGL FRAN
FRAN
e. When the "TYPE/CABLE" screen displays, press the red key.
Note: "USB" or "RS232" may be highlighted depending on the
connection type the iPP320 PIN Pad is currently configured to use.
TYPE CABLE
USB
RS232
USB
f. When the "LANGUE/LANGUAGE" screen displays, press the red
key.
LANGUE/LANGUAGE
ENGL FRAN
FRAN
g. When the "BONJOUR/WELCOME" screen displays, the iPP320 PIN
Pad is ready to be used to process transactions in French.
Note: For instructions on how to perform transactions in
French, refer to the French version of this user manual.
BONJOUR/WELCOME
3 Moneris iPP320 PIN Pad
37
3.5.2 Changing the iPP320 PIN Pad's default display language:
cloud
Follow the steps below to change the default display language of an iPP320 PIN Pad that
is paired via the cloud with your Merchant Resource Center store.
2. Access the iPP320 PIN Pad's configuration menus
a. On the "WELCOME/BONJOUR CC" screen, simultaneously press
and hold down both the yellow key and the key until
the iPP320 PIN Pad starts to reboot.
cc
WELCOME/BONJOUR
b. When the version screen displays (e.g., "U-AAAA-6102345"),
quickly press the red key, and then press the green key.
Note: You have 10 seconds to complete this action, or the iPP320
PIN Pad will return to the "WELCOME/BONJOUR" screen.
U-AAAA-61012345
c. When the "LANGUAGE/LANGUE" screen displays, go to step 1d.
If the "WELCOME/BONJOUR" screen displays, go back to
step 1a.
d. On the "LANGUAGE/LANGUE" screen, press the F4 key (FRAN).
LANGUAGE/LANGUE
ENGL FRAN
FRAN
e. When the "MODE" screen displays, press the red key.
MODE
SPT
HYBRID
PCI
SPT
f. When the "LANGUE/LANGUAGE" screen displays, press the red
key.
LANGUE/LANGUAGE
ENGL FRAN
FRAN
g. When the "BONJOUR/WELCOME CC" screen displays, the iPP320
PIN Pad is ready to be used to process transactions in French.
Note: For instructions on how to perform transactions in
French, refer to the French version of this user manual.
cc
BONJOUR/WELCOME
3 Moneris iPP320 PIN Pad
38 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
3.5.3 Changing the configuration settings of an initialized
IPP320 PIN Pad: cloud
Follow the steps below to change one or more Ethernet IP configuration settings (e.g.,
dynamic IP or static IP parameters) of an initialized iPP320 PIN Pad.
Note: The initialized iPP320 PIN Pad may or may not be currently paired via the cloud
with your Merchant Resource Center store.
1. Access the iPP320 PIN Pad's configuration menus
a. On the "WELCOME/BONJOUR CC" or the "Pairing Token" screen,
simultaneously press and hold down both the yellow key
and the key until the iPP320 PIN Pad starts to reboot.
cc
WELCOME/BONJOUR
---------------------------------
Pairing Token:
123456
b. When the version screen displays (e.g., "U-AAAA-6102345"),
quickly press the red key, and then press the green key.
Note: You have 10 seconds to complete this action, or the
iPP320 PIN Pad will return to the "Pairing Token" screen.
U-AAAA-61012345
c. When the "LANGUAGE/LANGUE" screen displays, go to step 1d.
If the "WELCOME/BONJOUR" screen displays, go back to step
1a.
d. On the "LANGUAGE/LANGUE" screen, select a default display
language for the iPP320 PIN Pad:
To enable English, press the F1 key (ENGL).
To enable French, press the F4 key (FRAN).
LANGUAGE/LANGUE
ENGL FRAN
ENGL
e. When the "MODE" screen displays, press the green key
(SPT).
MODE
SPT
HYBRID
PCI
SPT
f. When the "COMM TYPE" screen displays, press the green
key (CLOUD).
COMM TYPE
USB
ETHERNET
CLOUD
CLOUD
3 Moneris iPP320 PIN Pad
39
g. When the "ETHERNET IP TYPE" screen displays, do one of the following:
If the initialized iPP320 PIN Pad is not currently paired :
To enable dynamic IP, go to step 3 (Configure the iPP320 PIN Pad for dynamic IP) on page 30.
To enable static IP, proceed step 4 (Configure the iPP320 PIN Pad for static IP) on page 31.
If the initialized iPP320 PIN Pad is currently paired:
To enable dynamic IP, go to step 2 (Configure the iPP320 PIN Pad for dynamic IP) on page 40.
To enable static IP, proceed step 3 (Configure the iPP320 PIN Pad for static IP) on page 41.
3 Moneris iPP320 PIN Pad
40 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
2. Configure the iPP320 PIN Pad for dynamic IP
a. On the "ETHERNET IP TYPE" screen, press the F4 key (DYNAMIC).
ETHERNET IP TYPE
STATIC DYNAMIC
DYNAMIC
b. When the "CLOUD SETUP" screen displays, press the green key
(PRODUCTION).
CLOUD SETUP
PRODUCTION
TEST
PRODUCTION
c. When the next "CLOUD SETUP" screen displays, press the green
key (PRODUCTION).
CLOUD SETUP
PRODUCTION
PRODUCTION
d. When the "ENTER HOST CONNECTION TIMEOUT" screen displays,
press the green key to continue
ENTER HOST
CONNECTION TIMEOUT
20
e. When the "TERMINAL ID" screen displays, press the green key
to continue.
f. When the "PED SERIAL NUMBER" screen displays, note the
displayed eight-digit serial number (starts with "61").
Note: The serial number is the iPP320 PIN Pad's terminal ID (e.g.,
"61012345"). You will be instructed to refer to the terminal ID
during the upcoming setup steps. (The terminal ID is also printed on
a sticker affixed to the iPP320 PIN Pad.)
g. Press the green key to continue.
PED
SERIAL NUMBER
61012345
h. If the "TERMINAL WILL BE REBOOTED..." screen displays, wait while
the iPP320 PIN Pad reboots.
Note: Once the iPP320 PIN Pad reboots, it will briefly display
"NO CONNECTION TO THE CLOUD PRESS OK TO CONNECT" followed
by the "WELCOME/BONJOUR CC" screen.
TERMINAL WILL BE
REBOOTED...
i. When the "WELCOME/BONJOUR CC" screen displays, the iPP320
PIN Pad is ready to be used to process transactions.
cc
WELCOME/BONJOUR
2
TERMINAL ID
61012345
3 Moneris iPP320 PIN Pad
41
3. Configure the iPP320 PIN Pad for static IP
a. On the "ETHERNET IP TYPE" screen, press the F1 key (STATIC).
ETHERNET IP TYPE
STATIC DYNAMIC
STATIC
b. When the "ENTER TERMINAL IP ADDRESS" screen displays, key in
the IP address (identifies the iPP320 PIN Pad on your Ethernet
network), and press the green key.
ENTER TERMINAL
IP ADDRESS
c. When the "ENTER TERMINAL SUBNET MASK" screen displays, key in
the subnet mask address, and press the green key.
ENTER TERMINAL
SUBNET MASK
d. When the "ENTER TERMINAL DEFAULT GATEWAY" screen displays,
key in the default gateway address (e.g., the IP address of your
router/switch/hub), and press the green key.
ENTER TERMINAL
DEFAULT GATEWAY
e. When the "CLOUD SETUP" screen displays, press the green key
(PRODUCTION).
CLOUD SETUP
PRODUCTION
TEST
PRODUCTION
f. When the next "CLOUD SETUP" screen displays, press the green
key (PRODUCTION).
CLOUD SETUP
PRODUCTION
PRODUCTION
g. When the "ENTER PRIMARY DNS ADDRESS" screen displays, key in
the primary DNS address, and press the green key.
ENTER PRIMARY
DNS ADDRESS
h. When the "ENTER SECONDARY DNS ADDRESS" screen displays, key
in the secondary DNS address, and press the green key.
ENTER SECONDARY
DNS ADDRESS
3
3 Moneris iPP320 PIN Pad
42 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
i. When the "ENTER HOST CONNECT TIMEOUT" screen displays, press
the green key to continue.
ENTER HOST
CONNECT TIMEOUT
20
j. When the "TERMINAL ID" screen displays, press the green key
to continue.
k. When the "PED SERIAL NUMBER" screen displays, note the
displayed eight-digit serial number (starts with "61").
Note: The serial number is the iPP320 PIN Pad's terminal ID (e.g.,
"61012345"). If you are pairing the iPP320 PIN Pad, you will be
instructed to refer to the terminal ID during the upcoming setup
steps. (The terminal ID is also printed on a sticker affixed to the
iPP320 PIN Pad.)
l. Press the green key to continue.
PED
SERIAL NUMBER
61012345
m. If the "TERMINAL WILL BE REBOOTED..." screen displays, wait while
the iPP320 PIN Pad reboots.
Note: Once the iPP320 PIN Pad reboots, it will briefly display
"NO CONNECTION TO THE CLOUD PRESS OK TO CONNECT" followed
by the "WELCOME/BONJOUR CC" screen.
TERMINAL WILL BE
REBOOTED...
n. When the "WELCOME/BONJOUR" screen displays the iPP320 PIN
Pad is ready to be used to process transactions.
cc
WELCOME/BONJOUR
TERMINAL ID
61012345
3 Moneris iPP320 PIN Pad
43
3.5.4 Un-pairing an iPP320 PIN Pad
Follow the steps below to un-pair an initialized iPP320 PIN Pad that is currently paired
with your Merchant Resource Center store.
1. Identify and un-pair the iPP320 PIN Pad
a. Ensure that the iPP320 PIN Pad that you want to un-pair is connected to the Internet.
b. Log into your Merchant Resource Center store (see page 5).
c. On the menu bar, click on Admin > Cloud Pairing.
d. On the "Cloud Pairing" page, go to the "Pinpads" list and locate the terminal ID ("Device ID") of
the iPP320 PIN Pad that you want to un-pair.
Note: The terminal ID is an eight-digit number starting with "61", which is also printed on a
sticker affixed to the iPP320 PIN Pad.
e. Locate the corresponding Status field, and confirm that it indicates the iPP320 PIN Pad is
"Connected".
f. Click on the corresponding Unpair button.
g. When the "Processing: Unpairing Terminal" message displays on the "Cloud Pairing" page,
wait.
h. When the "Cloud Pairing" page displays, go to the next step.
i. Refer to the "Pinpads" list on the "Cloud Pairing" page: Confirm that the newly un-paired
iPP320 PIN Pad's Name, Serial, Last Pair Date, Last Transaction and Status fields are unfilled
(blank).
j. When the iPP320 PIN Pad's "Pairing Token" screen displays, the
operation is complete.
Note: The token is displayed because the iPP320 PIN Pad is no
longer paired. Once the iPP320 PIN Pad is un-paired, it cannot be
used to process transactions until it is paired again (see page 44).
Pairing Token:
123456
3 Moneris iPP320 PIN Pad
44 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
3.6 Pairing an initialized iPP320 PIN Pad: cloud
Follow the steps below to pair an iPP320 PIN Pad that has previously been paired and
initialized via the cloud with your Merchant Resource Center store and then
subsequently un-paired.
1. Confirm that the "Pairing Token" screen is displayed
a. Power on the iPP320 PIN Pad, and ensure that it is properly connected to your Ethernet
network.
b. Wait for the "Pairing Token" screen to display.
If the "NO CONNECTION TO THE CLOUD PRESS OK TO
CONNECT" screen displays continuously, see page 45 for
troubleshooting.
Pairing Token:
123456
c. Do one of the following:
If you need to change the iPP320 PIN Pad's configuration settings (e.g., you want to
change the Ethernet IP configuration and/or you want to change the display language),
go to page 38.
If you do not need to change any configuration settings, go to step 5 (Pair the iPP320 PIN
Pad with your Merchant Resource Center store) on page 33.
3 Moneris iPP320 PIN Pad
45
3.7 Troubleshooting
3.7.1 iPP320 PIN Pad error messages
Error message
Solution
NO CONNECTION
TO THE CLOUD
PRESS OK
TO CONNECT
The iPP320 PIN Pad cannot establish a connection to Moneris.
a. Ensure that your Internet service is available and your Ethernet
cables are properly connected.
Note: If your LAN has firewall restrictions on IP traffic to the
Internet, ensure that the firewall is configured so that the TCP port
for SSL = 443. This port must be open to allow the iPP320 PIN Pad
to communicate with Moneris (https://ipterm.moneris.com).
b. Press the green key to clear the error message.
c. When the iPP320 PIN Pad displays the "Pairing Token" screen, go
to setup step 5 (Pair the iPP320 PIN Pad with your Merchant
Resource Center store) on page 33.
d. If the error message displays again, simultaneously press and
hold down both the yellow key and the key until the
iPP320 PIN Pad starts to reboot.
e. When the iPP320 PIN Pad displays the "Pairing Token" screen, go
to setup step 5 (Pair the iPP320 PIN Pad with your Merchant
Resource Center store) on page 33.
3.7.2 Merchant Resource Center error messages
Error message
Solution
Error: null
The Merchant Resource Center cannot detect the iPP320 PIN
Pad.
a. Click on the Close button to close the error message.
b. Retry the cloud pairing steps on page 33 (begin at step 5b).
c. If the error continues to recur after you have made several
attempts to pair, simultaneously press and hold down both the
yellow key and the key until the iPP320 PIN Pad starts to
reboot.
d. Retry the cloud pairing steps on page 33 (begin at step 5b).
3 Moneris iPP320 PIN Pad
46 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
3.8 Card entry options
3.8.1 Insert (chip cards)
1. Wait for the iPP320 PIN Pad to display "SWIPE OR
INSERT CARD" or "SWIPE, TAP OR INSERT CARD".
2. The cardholder inserts their card into the iPP320 PIN
Pad's chip reader.
Note: Unless the iPP320 PIN Pad prompts otherwise,
the card should not be swiped even if it has a
magnetic stripe.
3. The cardholder may be prompted to enter data, including a PIN.
4. The cardholder leaves the chip card inserted until "REMOVE CARD" displays on the
iPP320 PIN Pad.
Tip for proper card insertion:
Hold the iPP320 PIN Pad with one hand, and insert the card in the chip reader
with the other hand (this will prevent the iPP320 PIN Pad's contactless reader
from inadvertently reading the card data as a contactless transaction.
3.8.2 Swipe (magnetic stripe cards)
Note: If the card has a chip, it must be inserted (see above).
1. Wait for the iPP320 PIN Pad to display "SWIPE OR
INSERT CARD" or "SWIPE, TAP OR INSERT CARD".
2. You or the cardholder swipes their card on the iPP320
PIN Pad's magnetic stripe reader.
Note: If the card is a credit card, you should swipe the
card.
If the card is a debit card, the cardholder will be
prompted to enter a PIN.
Tip for proper card swipe:
Hold the iPP320 PIN Pad with one hand, and swipe the card in the magnetic stripe
reader with the other hand (this will prevent the iPP320 PIN Pad's internal
contactless reader from inadvertently reading the card data).
3 Moneris iPP320 PIN Pad
47
3.8.3 Wave/tap: contactless cards
1. Wait for the iPP320 PIN Pad to display "SWIPE, TAP
OR INSERT CARD".
2. The cardholder taps/waves their card over the
iPP320 PIN Pad's display screen:
Only Purchases and Refunds can be performed
as contactless transactions.
The cardholder will not be prompted for a PIN.
The transaction amount must be equal to or less than the card's maximum
Contactless Dollar Value (see below).
3. The iPP320 PIN Pad beeps and four green lights flash when the contactless reader
is reading the card data.
* In this manual, the term "contactless card" refers to a contactless-enabled card
(supported brands include Visa®, Mastercard®, American Express®, Discover®,
and Interac®) or other items such as a key fob, mobile tag, or mobile device (e.g., a
smartphone, tablet, or smartwatch; the cardholder is responsible for any related
software on their mobile device including downloading any required apps and
loading their card information into their digital wallet).
Maximum Contactless Dollar Value (CDV)
To determine the maximum CDV for a card type, contact Moneris.
Credit cards: If a credit card is tapped for an amount that exceeds its maximum
CDV, the iPP320 PIN Pad will display "TAP FAILED PLEASE RETRY".
Debit cards: If a debit card is tapped for an amount that exceeds its maximum
CDV, the iPP320 PIN Pad will display "MUST INSERT CARD".
Tips for proper card tap/wave:
The card must be within 0.5 in. (1.3 cm) of the iPP320 PIN Pad's display screen, but
it does not have to touch it.
The card must be tapped or waved by itself. It should not be waved while in a
wallet with other cards.
3 Moneris iPP320 PIN Pad
48 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
3.8.4 Manual card entry
You may manually enter the card number for credit cards and some chip debit cards.
USB/serial connection
1. Initiate the debit/credit transaction (e.g., Terminal > Purchase).
2. As the payment method, select Debit/Credit - Pinpad.
3. Checkmark the Enable manual card input box.
4. For detailed instructions, see page 52 (Purchase), page 63 (Preauthorization), and
page 87 (Independent Refund).
Cloud paired
1. Initiate the debit/credit transaction (e.g., Terminal > Purchase).
2. As the payment method, select Debit/Credit - Cloud.
3. Checkmark the Enable manual card input box.
4. For detailed instructions, see page 54 (Purchase), page 66 (Preauthorization), and
page 89 (Independent Refund).
49 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
4 Virtual terminal
Using the virtual terminal feature, you may perform debit/credit transactions such as
Purchases, Preauthorizations, and Refunds (for full listing of available transactions, refer
to the table below).
Transaction type
card type /tender
See procedure on:
Purchase1
debit/credit
page 50
Purchase
cash
page 59
Group Purchase
debit2/credit
page 60
Preauthorization3
debit2/credit
page 61
Capture (Preauthorization)4
debit2/credit
page 74
Voice Authorization
debit2/credit
page 78
Void
debit/credit
page 81
Refund
debit/credit
page 82
Independent Refund
debit/credit
page 85
Card Verification
debit2/credit
page 93
Chip Initialization (USB/serial)5
debit/credit
page 96
Cloud Initialization5
debit/credit
page 97
1 To set up a recurring Purchase, see page 177.
2 Applies only to some chip debit cards.
3 For Reauthorization, see page 73.
4 For Reauthorization Capture, see page 76.
5 Initializes the iPP320 PIN Pad (this is not a financial transaction).
4 Virtual terminal
50 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
4.1 Purchase with debit/credit card
Debit/credit card sale of goods and services.
For a listing of supported card entry methods, including the associated
procedures describing how to use them to perform this transaction, refer to the
table below:
Card entry method
See procedure on:
iPP320 PIN Pad: USB/serial
page 51
iPP320 PIN Pad: USB/serial (manual)
page 52
iPP320 PIN Pad: cloud
page 53
iPP320 PIN Pad: cloud (manual)
page 54
unencrypted MSR
page 56
Vault profile
page 57
keyed entry
page 58
4 Virtual terminal
51
4.1.1 Purchase with debit/credit card: iPP320 PIN Pad: USB/serial
Follow the steps below to perform a debit/credit Purchase by capturing debit/credit card
data (insert, tap, or swipe) with an iPP320 PIN Pad that is connected to your computer via
a USB/serial cable (see page 13).
1. On the menu bar, click on Terminal > Purchase.
2. Wait for the "Purchase" page to display.
3. In the "Payment Method" area, select Debit/Credit - Pinpad from the drop-down
list.
4. In the "Payment Details" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. Ensure that the Enable manual card input box is unmarked.
b. In the Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
c. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
d. In the Amount field, enter the Purchase amount (#.##).
5. Click on the Process Transaction button.
6. When "Establishing communication with pinpad" displays on the "Purchase"
page, wait.
7. When "Please follow prompts on the pinpad" displays on the "Purchase" page,
see page 112.
8. When the "APPROVED or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Purchase" page,
the transaction is complete:
If Moneris Loyalty is enabled and you want to award loyalty points, see
page 137.
If Moneris Loyalty is not enabled or it is but you want to bypass awarding
points, print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
4 Virtual terminal
52 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
4.1.2 Purchase with debit/credit card: iPP320 - manual card
entry: USB/serial
Follow the steps below to perform a credit Purchase by manually entering (keying) credit
card data on an iPP320 PIN Pad that is connected to your computer via a USB/serial cable
(see page 13).
Note: Some chip debit cards may be used for this transaction.
1. On the menu bar, click on Terminal > Purchase.
2. Wait for the "Purchase" page to display.
3. In the "Payment Method" area, select Debit/Credit - Pinpad from the drop-down.
4. In the "Payment Details" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. Checkmark the Enable manual card input box.
b. In the Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
c. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
d. In the Amount field, enter the Purchase amount (#.##).
5. Click on the Process Transaction button.
6. When "Establishing communication with pinpad" displays on the "Purchase"
page, wait.
7. When "Please follow prompts on pinpad" displays on the "Purchase" page, go to
the next step.
8. When "SWIPE, TAP OR INSERT CARD" or "SWIPE OR INSERT CARD" displays on the
iPP320 PIN Pad, key in the card account number, and press the green key.
9. When "EXPIRY DATE MMYY" displays on the iPP320 PIN Pad, key in the card expiry
date (MMYY), and press the green key.
If "PURCHASE $0.00-OK?" displays on the iPP320 PIN Pad, see page 115.
10. When "PLEASE WAIT" displays on the iPP320 PIN Pad, wait.
11. When "APPROVED THANK YOU OBTAIN CARD" displays on the iPP320 PIN Pad,
press the green key (return the card to the cardholder).
12. When the "APPROVED or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Purchase" page,
the transaction is complete:
If Moneris Loyalty is enabled and you want to award loyalty points, see
page 137.
If Moneris Loyalty is not enabled or it is but you want to bypass awarding
points, print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
4 Virtual terminal
53
4.1.3 Purchase with debit/credit card - iPP320 PIN Pad: cloud
Follow the steps below to perform a debit/credit Purchase by capturing debit/credit card
data (insert, tap, or swipe) with an iPP320 PIN Pad that is connected to the Internet and
paired via the cloud with your Merchant Resource Center store (see page 13).
1. On the menu bar, click on Terminal > Purchase.
2. Wait for the "Purchase" page to display.
3. In the "Payment Method" area, select Debit/Credit - Cloud from the drop-down
list.
4. In the "Payment Details" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. Ensure that the Enable manual card input box is unmarked.
b. In the Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
c. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
d. In the Amount field, enter the Purchase amount (#.##).
5. Click on the Process Transaction button.
6. When "Establishing communication with cloud" displays on the "Purchase" page,
wait.
If "Choose Pinpad" displays, click on the Select button that corresponds to the
terminal ID of the iPP320 PIN Pad that you want to use for this transaction.
7. When "Please follow prompts on the pinpad" displays on the "Purchase" page,
see page 117.
8. When the "APPROVED or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Purchase" page,
the transaction is complete:
If Moneris Loyalty is enabled and you want to award loyalty points, see
page 137.
If Moneris Loyalty is not enabled or it is but you want to bypass awarding
points, print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
4 Virtual terminal
54 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
4.1.4 Purchase with debit/credit card: iPP320 - manual card
entry: cloud
Follow the steps below to perform a credit Purchase by manually entering (keying) credit
card data on an iPP320 PIN Pad that is connected to the Internet and paired via the cloud
with your Merchant Resource Center store (see page 13).
Note: Some chip debit cards may be used for this transaction.
1. On the menu bar, click on Terminal > Purchase.
2. Wait for the "Purchase" page to display.
3. In the "Payment Method" area, select Debit/Credit - Cloud from the drop-down.
4. In the "Payment Details" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. Checkmark the Enable manual card input box.
b. In the Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
c. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
d. In the Amount field, enter the Purchase amount (#.##).
5. Click on the Process Transaction button.
6. When "Establishing communication with cloud" displays on the "Purchase" page,
wait.
If "Choose Pinpad" displays, click on the Select button that corresponds to the
terminal ID of the iPP320 PIN Pad that you want to use for this transaction.
7. When "Please follow prompts on pinpad" displays on the "Purchase" page, go to
the next step.
If "PURCHASE $0.00-OK?" displays on the iPP320 PIN Pad, see page 119.
8. When "ENTER CARD #" displays on the iPP320 PIN Pad, key in the card account
number, and press the green key.
9. When "EXPIRY DATE MMYY" displays on the iPP320 PIN Pad, key in the card expiry
date (MMYY), and press the green key.
10. When "PLEASE WAIT" displays on the iPP320 PIN Pad, wait.
11. When "APPROVED THANK YOU OBTAIN CARD" displays on the iPP320 PIN Pad,
press the red key (return the card to the cardholder).
12. When the "APPROVED or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Purchase" page,
the transaction is complete:
4 Virtual terminal
55
If Moneris Loyalty is enabled and you want to award loyalty points, see
page 137.
If Moneris Loyalty is not enabled or it is but you want to bypass awarding
points, print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
4 Virtual terminal
56 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
4.1.5 Purchase with debit/credit card: unencrypted MSR
Follow the steps below to perform a credit Purchase by using an unencrypted magnetic
stripe reader to capture the credit card data.
Note: Some chip debit cards may be used for this transaction.
1. On the menu bar, click on Terminal > Purchase.
2. Wait for the "Purchase" page to display.
3. In the "Payment Method" area, select Credit Card - MSR from the drop-down list.
4. In the "Payment Details" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In the Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
b. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
c. In the Statement Descriptor field, enter a descriptor for the card statement.
If the Customer Code field displays, optionally enter a customer code.
If the Invoice Number field displays, optionally enter an invoice number.
d. In the Amount field, enter the Purchase amount (#.##).
e. In the Card Verification Digits field, enter the card verification digits.
If the "Address Verification" area displays, enter the billing address data in
the Street Number, Street Name (use also to enter PO box data), and
Zip/Postal Code fields (for a post office box, checkmark PO Box).
To add order details (shipping/billing and product details), see page 98.
5. Click on the Swipe Card button.
6. When "Please swipe credit card now" displays on the "Purchase" page, swipe the
card on the unencrypted magnetic stripe reader.
If the Proceed with Level 2/3 button and the Proceed with Purchase button
display on the "Purchase" page, see page 99.
7. When the "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Purchase" page,
the transaction is complete:
If Moneris Loyalty is enabled and you want to award loyalty points,
see page 137.
If Moneris Loyalty is not enabled or it is but you want to bypass awarding
points, print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
4 Virtual terminal
57
4.1.6 Purchase with debit/credit card: Vault profile
Follow the steps below to perform a credit Purchase by sourcing credit card data from a
Vault profile.
Note: Some chip debit cards may be used for this transaction.
1. On the menu bar, click on Terminal > Purchase.
2. Wait for the "Purchase" page to display.
3. In the "Payment Method" area, select Vault Profile - Keyed Entry from the drop-
down list.
4. In the "Payment Details" area, do the following:
a. In the Data Key field, enter the data key of the Vault profile from which you
want to source the card data.
b. Click on the Verify Data Key button.
c. Confirm that the Credit Card Number and Expiry Date fields are populated
with the correct card data.
d. In the Card Verification Digits field, enter the card verification digits.
If the "Address Verification" area displays, confirm that the Street
Number, Street Name, and Zip/Postal Code fields are populated with the
correct billing address data.
5. In the "Payment Details" area, fill in the remaining fields:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In the Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
b. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
c. In the Statement Descriptor field, enter a descriptor for the card statement.
d. In the Amount field, enter the Purchase amount (#.##).
e. From the "ECI Indicator" drop-down list, select an e-commerce descriptor.
To add order details (shipping/billing and product details), see page 98.
6. Click on the Process Transaction button.
7. When the "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Purchase" page,
the transaction is complete:
If Moneris Loyalty is enabled and you want to award loyalty points, see
page 137.
If Moneris Loyalty is not enabled or it is but you want to bypass awarding
points, print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
4 Virtual terminal
58 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
4.1.7 Purchase with debit/credit card: keyed entry
Follow the steps below to perform a credit Purchase by manually entering (keying) credit
card data on an iPP320 PIN Pad.
Note: Some chip debit cards may be used for this transaction.
1. On the menu bar, click on Terminal > Purchase.
2. Wait for the "Purchase" page to display.
3. In the "Payment Method" area, select Credit Card - Keyed Entry from the drop-
down list.
4. In the "Payment Details" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In the Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
b. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
c. In the Statement Descriptor field, enter a descriptor for the card statement.
If the Customer Code field displays, optionally enter a customer code.
If the Invoice Number field displays, optionally enter an invoice number.
d. In the Amount field, enter the Purchase amount (#.##).
e. In the Credit Card Number field, enter the card account number.
f. In the Expiry Date field, enter the card expiry date (MMYY).
g. In the Card Verification Digits field, enter the card verification digits.
h. From the "ECI Indicator" drop-down list, select an e-commerce descriptor.
If the "Address Verification" area displays, enter the billing address data in
the Street Number, Street Name (use also to enter PO box data), and
Zip/Postal Code fields (for a post office box, checkmark PO Box).
To add order details (shipping/billing and product details), see page 98.
5. Click on the Process Transaction button.
If the Proceed with Level 2/3 button and Proceed with Purchase button
display on the "Purchase" page, see page 99.
6. When the "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Purchase" page,
the transaction is complete:
If Moneris Loyalty is enabled and you want to award loyalty points, see
page 137.
If Moneris Loyalty is not enabled or it is but you want to bypass awarding
points, print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
4 Virtual terminal
59
4.2 Purchase with cash
Cash sale of goods and services. Follow the steps below to perform a cash Purchase by
manually entering (keying) the transaction data in the Merchant Resource Center fields.
1. On the menu bar, click on Terminal > Purchase.
2. Wait for the "Purchase" page to display.
3. In the "Payment Method" area, select Cash from the drop-down list.
4. In the "Payment Details" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In the Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
b. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
c. In the Amount field, enter the Purchase amount (#.##).
d. In the Amount Tendered field, optionally enter the dollar amount tendered by
the customer.
Note: The Change Due field will automatically display the dollar amount
owed to the customer.
5. Click on the Complete button.
6. When the "APPROVED" response displays on the "Purchase" page, the transaction
is complete:
If Moneris Loyalty is enabled and you want to award loyalty points, see
page 140.
If Moneris Loyalty is not enabled or it is but you want to bypass awarding
points, print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
4 Virtual terminal
60 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
4.3 Group Purchase with debit/credit card
Follow the steps below to perform two or more credit Purchases simultaneously by
manually entering (keying) credit card data in the Merchant Resource Center fields.
Note: Some chip debit cards may be used for any transaction(s) in the group.
1. On the menu bar, click on Terminal > Group Purchase.
2. Wait for the "Group Purchase" page to display.
3. Enter the payment details for the Purchase that you want to add to the group:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In the Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
b. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
c. In the Amount field, enter the Purchase amount (#.##).
d. In the Credit Card Number field, enter the card account number.
e. In the Expiry Date field, enter the card expiry date (MMYY).
f. In the Card Verification Digits field, enter the card verification digits.
g. From the ECI drop-down list, select an e-commerce descriptor.
h. Click on the Add Transaction to Group button.
4. When the new transaction displays on the "Group Purchase" page, do one of the
following:
To add another Purchase to the group, repeat step 3.
To continue without adding another Purchase to the group, go to step 5.
5. Click on the Process Transactions button.
6. When the group ticket number (e.g., "Group Ticket # : 12345678123456") displays
on the page, click on the View Results button.
7. When the "Group Transaction Reports" page displays, refer to the "Transaction
List" and confirm that each Purchase was "APPROVED" or "DECLINED".
8. Do the following:
a. In the "Transaction List" area, click on the Order ID (see "ORDER ID" column) of
one of the Purchase transactions.
b. When the transaction's "Order History" page displays, print/e-mail the
transaction receipt (see page 120).
c. Repeat step 8 for any remaining Purchase listed in the "Transaction List" area.
4 Virtual terminal
61
4.4 Preauthorization with debit/credit card
Preauthorizes an amount on a credit card.
Note: Some chip debit cards may be used for this transaction.
For a listing of supported card entry methods, including the associated
procedures describing how to use them to perform this transaction, refer to the
table below:
Card entry method
See procedure on:
iPP320 PIN Pad: USB/serial
page 62
iPP320 PIN Pad: USB/serial (manual)
page 63
iPP320 PIN Pad: cloud
page 65
iPP320 PIN Pad: cloud (manual)
page 66
unencrypted MSR
page 68
Vault profile
page 69
keyed entry
page 71
4 Virtual terminal
62 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
4.4.1 Preauthorization with debit/credit card: iPP320 PIN Pad:
USB/serial
Preauthorizes an amount on a credit card. Follow the steps below to perform a credit
Preauthorization by capturing credit card data (insert or swipe) with an iPP320 PIN Pad
that is connected to your computer via a USB/serial cable (see page 13).
Note: Some chip debit cards may be used for this transaction.
Important! To receive the funds for this transaction, you must perform a debit/credit
Capture at a later time (see Capturing a debit/credit Preauthorization on page 74).
1. On the menu bar, click on Terminal > Preauth.
2. Wait for the "Preauth" page to display.
3. In the "Payment Method" area, select Debit/Credit - Pinpad from the drop-down
list.
4. In the "Payment Details" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. Ensure that the Enable manual card input box is unmarked.
b. In the Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
c. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
d. In the Amount field, enter the Preauthorization amount (#.##).
5. Click on the Process Transaction button.
6. When "Establishing communication with pinpad" displays on the "Preauth" page,
wait.
7. When "Please follow prompts on pinpad" displays on the "Preauth" page, see
page 112.
8. When the "APPROVED or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Preauth" page, the
transaction is complete:
If Moneris Loyalty is enabled and you want to allocate loyalty points,
see page 142.
If Moneris Loyalty is not enabled or it is but you want to bypass allocating
points, print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
4 Virtual terminal
63
4.4.2 Preauthorization with debit/credit card: iPP320 PIN Pad -
manual card entry : USB/serial
Preauthorizes an amount on a credit card. Follow the steps below to perform a credit
Preauthorization by manually entering (keying) the credit card data on an iPP320 PIN
Pad that is connected to your computer via a USB/serial cable (see page 13).
Note: Some chip debit cards may be used for this transaction.
Important! To receive the funds for this transaction, you must perform a debit/credit
Capture at a later time (see page 74).
1. On the menu bar, click on Terminal > Preauth.
2. Wait for the "Preauth" page to display.
3. In the "Payment Method" area, select Debit/Credit - Pinpad from the drop-down
list.
4. In the "Payment Details" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. Checkmark the Enable manual card input box.
b. In the Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
c. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
d. In the Amount field, enter the Preauthorization amount (#.##).
5. Click on the Process Transaction button.
6. When "Establishing communication with pinpad" displays on the "Preauth" page,
wait.
7. When "Please follow prompts on pinpad" displays on the "Preauth" page, do the
following:
a. When "SWIPE OR INSERT CARD" displays on the iPP320 PIN Pad, key in the card
account number, and press the green key.
b. When "EXPIRY DATE MMYY" displays on the iPP320 PIN Pad, key in the card
expiry date (MMYY), and press the green key.
c. When "PLEASE WAIT" displays on the iPP320 PIN Pad, wait.
d. When "APPROVED THANK YOU OBTAIN CARD" displays on the iPP320 PIN Pad,
press the green key.
8. When the "APPROVED or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Preauth" page, the
transaction is complete:
4 Virtual terminal
64 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
If Moneris Loyalty is enabled and you want to allocate loyalty points, see page
142.
If Moneris Loyalty is not enabled or it is but you want to bypass allocating
points, print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
4 Virtual terminal
65
4.4.3 Preauthorization with debit/credit card: iPP320 PIN Pad:
cloud
Preauthorizes an amount on a credit card. Follow the steps below to perform a credit
Preauthorization by capturing credit card data (insert or swipe) with an iPP320 PIN Pad
that is connected to the Internet and paired via the cloud with your Merchant Resource
Center store (see page 13).
Note: Some chip debit cards may be used for this transaction.
Important! To receive the funds for this transaction, you must perform a debit/credit
Capture at a later time (see Capturing a debit/credit Preauthorization on page 74).
1. On the menu bar, click on Terminal > Preauth.
2. Wait for the "Preauth" page to display.
3. In the "Payment Method" area, select Debit/Credit - Cloud from the drop-down
list.
4. In the "Payment Details" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. Ensure that the Enable manual card input box is unmarked.
b. In the Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
c. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
d. In the Amount field, enter the Preauthorization amount (#.##).
5. Click on the Process Transaction button.
6. When "Establishing communication with cloud" displays on the "Preauth" page,
wait.
If "Choose Pinpad" displays, click on the Select button that corresponds to the
terminal ID of the iPP320 PIN Pad that you want to use for this transaction.
7. When "Please follow prompts on pinpad" displays on the "Preauth" page, see
page 117.
8. When the "APPROVED or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Preauth" page, the
transaction is complete:
If Moneris Loyalty is enabled and you want to allocate loyalty points,
see page 142.
If Moneris Loyalty is not enabled or it is but you want to bypass allocating
points, print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
4 Virtual terminal
66 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
4.4.4 Preauthorization with debit/credit card: iPP320 PIN Pad -
manual entry: cloud
Preauthorizes an amount on a credit card. Follow the steps below to perform a credit
Preauthorization by manually entering (keying) the credit card data on an iPP320 PIN
Pad that is connected to the Internet and paired via the cloud with your Merchant
Resource Center store (see page 13).
Note: Some chip debit cards may be used for this transaction.
Important! To receive the funds for this transaction, you must perform a debit/credit
Capture at a later time (see page 74).
1. On the menu bar, click on Terminal > Preauth.
2. Wait for the "Preauth" page to display.
3. In the "Payment Method" area, select Debit/Credit - Cloud from the drop-down
list.
4. In the "Payment Details" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. Checkmark the Enable manual card input box.
b. In the Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
c. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
d. In the Amount field, enter the Preauthorization amount (#.##).
5. Click on the Process Transaction button.
If "Choose Pinpad" displays, click on the Select button that corresponds to the
terminal ID of the iPP320 PIN Pad that you want to use for this transaction.
6. When "Establishing communication with cloud" displays on the "Preauth" page,
wait.
7. When "Establishing communication with cloud" displays on the "Preauth" page,
do the following:
a. When "ENTER CARD #" displays on the iPP320 PIN Pad, key in the card account
number, and press the green key.
b. When "EXPIRY DATE MMYY" displays on the iPP320 PIN Pad, key in the card
expiry date (MMYY), and press the green key.
c. When "PLEASE WAIT" displays on the iPP320 PIN Pad, wait.
d. When "APPROVED THANK YOU OBTAIN CARD" displays on the iPP320 PIN Pad,
press the red key.
4 Virtual terminal
67
8. When the "APPROVED or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Preauth" page, the
transaction is complete:
If Moneris Loyalty is enabled and you want to allocate loyalty points, see page
142.
If Moneris Loyalty is not enabled or it is but you want to bypass allocating
points, print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
4 Virtual terminal
68 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
4.4.5 Preauthorization with debit/credit card: unencrypted MSR
Preauthorizes an amount on a credit card. Follow the steps below to perform a credit
Preauthorization by using an unencrypted magnetic stripe reader to capture credit card
data.
Important! To receive the funds for this transaction, you must perform a debit/credit
Capture at a later time (see page 74).
Note: Some chip debit cards may be used for this transaction. If your store is enabled for
level 2/3 reporting (see page 270) and you swipe a purchasing card, you may be
prompted to add level 2/3 details during the Capture.
1. On the menu bar, click on Terminal > Preauth.
2. Wait for the "Preauth" page to display.
3. In the "Payment Method" area, select Credit Card - MSR from the drop-down list.
4. In the "Payment Details" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In the Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
b. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
c. In the Statement Descriptor field, enter a descriptor for the card statement.
If the Customer Code field displays, optionally enter a customer code.
If the Invoice Number field displays, optionally enter an invoice number.
d. In the Amount field, enter the Preauthorization amount (#.##).
e. In the Card Verification Digits field, enter the card verification digits.
If the "Address Verification" area displays, enter the billing address data in
the Street Number, Street Name (use also to enter PO box data), and
Zip/Postal Code fields (for a post office box, checkmark PO Box).
To add order details (shipping/billing and product details), see page 98.
5. Click on the Swipe Card button.
6. When "Please swipe credit card now" displays on the "Preauth" page, swipe the
card on the unencrypted magnetic stripe reader.
7. When the "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Preauth" page,
the transaction is complete:
If Moneris Loyalty is enabled and you want to allocate loyalty points,
see page 142.
If Moneris Loyalty is not enabled or it is but you want to bypass allocating
points, print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
4 Virtual terminal
69
4.4.6 Preauthorization with debit/credit card: Vault profile
Preauthorizes an amount on a credit card. Follow the steps below to perform a credit
Preauthorization by sourcing credit card data from a Vault profile.
Important! To receive the funds for this transaction, you must perform a debit/credit
Capture at a later time (see page 74).
Note: Some chip debit cards may be used for this transaction. If a purchasing card is
registered to the Vault profile and your store is enabled for level 2/3 reporting (see
page 270), you may be prompted to add level 2/3 details during the Capture.
1. On the menu bar, click on Terminal > Preauth.
2. Wait for the "Preauth" page to display.
3. In the "Payment Method" area, select Vault Profile - Keyed Entry from the drop-
down list.
4. In the "Payment Details" area, do the following:
a. In the Data Key field, enter the data key of the Vault profile from which you
want to source the card data.
b. Click on the Verify Data Key button.
c. Confirm that the Credit Card Number and Expiry Date fields are populated
with the correct card data.
d. In the Card Verification Digits field, enter the card verification digits.
If the "Address Verification" area displays, confirm that the Street
Number, Street Name (use also to enter PO box data), and Zip/Postal Code
fields are populated with the correct address data.
5. In the "Payment Details" area, fill in the remaining fields:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In the Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
b. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
c. In the Statement Descriptor field, enter a descriptor for the card statement.
d. In the Amount field, enter the Preauthorization amount (#.##).
e. From the "ECI Indicator" drop-down list, select an e-commerce descriptor.
To add order details (shipping/billing and product details), see page 98.
6. Click on the Process Transaction button.
7. When the "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Preauth" page,
the transaction is complete:
4 Virtual terminal
70 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
If Moneris Loyalty is enabled and you want to allocate loyalty points, see
page 142.
If Moneris Loyalty is not enabled or it is but you want to bypass allocating
points, print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
4 Virtual terminal
71
4.4.7 Preauthorization with debit/credit card: keyed entry
Preauthorizes an amount on a credit card. Follow the steps below to perform a credit
Preauthorization by manually entering (keying) credit card data in the Merchant
Resource Center fields.
Important! To receive the funds for this transaction, you must perform a debit/credit
Capture at a later time (see page 74).
Note: Some chip debit cards may be used for this transaction. If your store is enabled for
level 2/3 reporting (see page 270) and you enter a purchasing card, you may be
prompted to add level 2/3 details during the Capture.
1. On the menu bar, click on Terminal > Preauth.
2. Wait for the "Preauth" page to display.
3. In the "Payment Method" area, select Credit Card - Keyed Entry from the drop-
down list.
4. In the "Payment Details" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In the Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
b. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
c. In the Statement Descriptor field, enter a descriptor for the card statement.
If the Customer Code field displays, optionally enter a customer code.
If the Invoice Number field displays, optionally enter an invoice number.
d. In the Amount field, enter the Preauthorization amount (#.##).
e. In the Credit Card Number field, enter the card account number.
f. In the Expiry Date field, enter the card expiry date (MMYY).
g. In the Card Verification Digits field, enter the card verification digits.
h. From the "ECI Indicator" drop-down list, select an e-commerce descriptor.
If the "Address Verification" area displays, enter the billing address in the
Street Number, Street Name (use also to enter PO box data), and
Zip/Postal Code fields (for a post office box, checkmark PO Box).
To add order details (shipping/billing and product details), see page 98.
5. Click on the Process Transaction button.
6. When the "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Preauth" page,
the transaction is complete:
4 Virtual terminal
72 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
If Moneris Loyalty is enabled and you want to allocate loyalty points, see
page 142.
If Moneris Loyalty is not enabled or it is but you want to bypass allocating
points, process the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
4 Virtual terminal
73
4.5 Reauthorization with debit/credit card
Follow the steps below to re-authorize another hold on the unused funds of a
debit/credit Preauthorization that has already been partially captured.
Important! To receive the funds for this transaction, you must perform a debit/credit
Capture at a later time (see page 76).
Note: If your store is enabled for level 2/3 reporting (see page 270) and the original
Preauthorization was performed with a purchasing card, you may be prompted to
add level 2/3 details during the Capture.
1. Retrieve the original debit/credit Preauthorization that you want to reauthorize
(see page 201).
2. When the Transaction report is generated, locate the original debit/credit
Preauthorization that you want to reauthorize, and then click on its
corresponding Reauth button.
3. Wait for the "Reauth" page to display, and then do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In the Reauth Order Id field, optionally enter a Reauth Order ID.
b. In the Statement Descriptor field, enter a descriptor for the card statement.
If the Customer Code field displays, optionally enter a customer code.
If the Invoice Number field displays, optionally enter an invoice number.
c. In the Amount field, enter the Reauthorization amount (#.##).
4. Click on the Process Transaction button.
5. When the "APPROVED" or" DECLINED" response displays on the "Reauth" page, the
transaction is complete.
6. Print/e-mail the debit/credit Reauthorization receipt now (see page 120).
Note: Moneris loyalty points cannot be allocated (awarded) for a Reauthorization
transaction.
4 Virtual terminal
74 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
4.6 Capturing a debit/credit Preauthorization
Follow the steps below to capture a debit/credit Preauthorization (see page 61) so that
the authorized funds are transferred to your account at settlement.
Note: If you are capturing a Preauthorization that was originally performed on an
iPP320 PIN Pad (insert or swipe), ensure that the same iPP320 PIN Pad is either
connected via a USB/serial cable to the computer from which you are performing
the Capture or is paired via the cloud and connected to the Internet.
1. On the menu bar, click on Terminal > Capture.
2. Wait for the "Capture/Preauth Completion" page to display.
3. In the Order ID field, enter the Order ID of the original debit/credit
Preauthorization that you want to capture.
Note: If you only have a partial Order ID, mark the begins with or the ends with
radio button.
4. Click on the Locate Transaction button.
5. In the "Transaction List" area, locate the Preauthorization that you want to
capture, and then click on its corresponding Capture button.
6. Wait for the "Transaction Details" area to display, and then do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In the Statement Descriptor field, enter a descriptor for the card statement.
If the Customer Code field displays, optionally enter a customer code.
If the Invoice Number field displays, optionally enter an invoice number.
b. In the Amount field, do one of the following:
To capture the Preauthorization, enter the amount (#.##) that you want
to capture.
Note: If the Preauthorization is captured for an amount that is less than
the original Preauthorization amount, the un-captured amount
will for a period of time remain available for a subsequent
Reauthorization (see page 73).
To cancel the Preauthorization and release the funds, enter a zero-dollar
amount (0.00).
c. If the Add Level 2/3 Details button displays, do one of the following:
To add level 2/3 details to the Capture, see page 100.
To proceed without adding level 2/3 details to the capture, go to step 7.
7. Click on the Process Transaction button.
4 Virtual terminal
75
If "Establishing communication with pinpad" or "Establishing communication
with cloud" displays on the "Capture" page, wait while the Merchant Resource
Center communicates with the iPP320 PIN Pad (you will not need to pass the
iPP320 PIN Pad back and forth to the cardholder).
8. When the "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Capture" page,
the transaction is complete:
If you allocated loyalty points for the original debit/credit Preauthorization
and you now want to award the points, seepage 143.
If did not award loyalty points for the original transaction, print/e-mail the
debit/credit Capture receipt now (see page 120).
4 Virtual terminal
76 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
4.7 Capturing a debit/credit Reauthorization
Follow the steps below to capture a debit/credit Reauthorization (see page 73) so that
the authorized funds are transferred to your account at settlement.
Note: If you are capturing a Reauthorization that was originally performed as a
Preauthorization on an iPP320 PIN Pad (insert or swipe), ensure that the same
iPP320 PIN Pad is either connected via a USB/serial cable to the computer from
which you are performing the Capture or is paired via the cloud and connected to
the Internet.
1. On the menu bar, click on Terminal > Capture.
2. Wait for the "Capture/Preauth Completion" page to display.
3. In the Order ID field, enter the Order ID of the original debit/credit
Reauthorization that you want to capture.
Note: If you only have a partial Order ID, mark the begins with or the ends with
radio button.
4. Click on the Locate Transaction button.
5. In the "Transaction List" area, locate the Reauthorization that you want to
capture, and then click on its corresponding Capture button.
6. Wait for the "Transaction Details" area to display, and then do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In the Statement Descriptor field, enter a descriptor for the card statement.
If the Customer Code field displays, optionally enter a customer code.
If the Invoice Number field displays, optionally enter an invoice number.
b. In the Amount field, do one of the following:
To capture the Reauthorization, enter the amount (#.##) that you want to
capture.
Note: If the Reauthorization is captured for an amount that is less than
the original Reauthorization amount, the un-captured amount will
for a period of time remain available for a subsequent
Reauthorization.
To cancel the Reauthorization and release the funds, enter a zero-dollar
amount (0.00).
c. If the Add Level 2/3 Details button displays, do one of the following:
To add level 2/3 details to the Capture, see page 104.
To proceed without adding level 2/3 details to the Capture, go to step 7.
7. Click on the Process Transaction button.
4 Virtual terminal
77
If "Establishing communication with pinpad" or "Establishing communication
with cloud" displays on the "Capture" page, wait while the Merchant Resource
Center communicates with the iPP320 PIN Pad (you will not need to pass the
iPP320 PIN Pad back and forth to the cardholder).
8. When the "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Capture" page,
the transaction is complete.
9. Print/e-mail the debit/credit Capture receipt now (see page 120).
Note: Moneris loyalty points cannot be awarded for the capture of a
Reauthorization transaction.
4 Virtual terminal
78 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
4.8 Voice Authorization-Advice with debit/credit card
Credit card sale of goods and services using authorization code obtained from an IVR
system.
Note: Some chip debit cards may be used for this transaction. UnionPay cards cannot be
used for this transaction.
For a listing of supported card entry methods, including the associated
procedures describing how to use them to perform this transaction, refer to the
table below:
Card entry method
See procedure on:
unencrypted MSR
page 79
keyed entry
page 80
4 Virtual terminal
79
4.8.1 Voice Authorization-Advice with debit/credit card:
unencrypted MSR
Credit card sale of goods and services using authorization code obtained from an IVR
system. Follow the steps below to perform a credit Voice Authorization-Advice using an
unencrypted magnetic stripe reader to capture the credit card data.
Note: Some chip debit cards may be used for this transaction. UnionPay cards cannot be
used for this transaction.
1. On the menu bar, click on Terminal > Voice Auth.
2. Wait for the "Voice Authorization/Advice" page to display.
3. In the "Payment Method" area, select Credit Card - MSR from the drop-down list.
4. In the "Payment Details" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In the Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
b. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
c. In the Statement Descriptor field, enter a descriptor for the card statement.
d. In the Auth Code field, enter the authorization code that you obtained when
you called to authorize this transaction.
e. In the Amount field, enter the Voice Authorization/Advice transaction
amount (#.##).
5. Click on the Swipe Card button.
6. When "Please swipe credit card now" displays on the "Authorization/Advice"
page, swipe the card on the unencrypted magnetic stripe reader.
7. When the "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Voice
Authorization/Advice" page, the transaction is complete:
If Moneris Loyalty is enabled and you want to award loyalty points, see
page 139.
If Moneris Loyalty is not enabled or it is but you want to bypass awarding
points, print/e-mail the Voice Authorization-Advice receipt now (see page
120).
4 Virtual terminal
80 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
4.8.2 Voice Authorization-Advice with debit/credit card: keyed
entry
Credit card sale of goods and services using authorization code obtained from an IVR
system. Follow the steps below to perform a credit Voice Authorization-Advice by
manually entering (keying) credit card data in the Merchant Resource Center fields.
Note: Some chip debit cards may be used for this transaction. UnionPay cards cannot be
used for this transaction.
1. On the menu bar, click on Terminal > Voice Auth.
2. Wait for the "Voice Authorization/Advice" page to display.
3. In the "Payment Method" area, select Credit Card - Keyed Entry from the drop-
down list.
4. In the "Payment Details" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In the Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
b. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
c. In the Statement Descriptor field, enter a descriptor for the card statement.
d. In the Auth Code field, enter the authorization code that you obtained when
you called to authorize this transaction.
e. In the Amount field, enter the Voice Authorization/Advice transaction
amount (#.##).
f. In the Credit Card Number field, enter the card account number.
g. In the Expiry Date field, enter the card expiry date (MMYY).
h. From the "ECI Indicator" drop-down list, select an e-commerce descriptor.
5. Click on the Process Transaction button.
6. When the "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Voice
Authorization/Advice" page, the transaction is complete:
If Moneris Loyalty is enabled and you want to award loyalty points, see
page 139.
If Moneris Loyalty is not enabled or it is but you want to bypass awarding
points, print/e-mail the Voice Authorization-Advice receipt now (see page
120).
4 Virtual terminal
81
4.9 Void with debit/credit card
Note: To reverse a Merchant Resource Center-referenced credit transaction in a closed
batch, you must perform a credit Refund (see page 82). To reverse any debit/credit
transaction that is unreferenced on the Merchant Resource Center, you must
perform an Independent Refund (see page 85).
Note: If you are reversing a transaction that was originally performed on an iPP320 PIN
Pad (insert or swipe), ensure that the same iPP320 PIN Pad is either connected via a
USB/serial cable to the computer from which you are performing the Void or is
paired via the cloud and connected to the Internet.
1. On the menu bar, click on Terminal > Void.
2. Wait for the "Void" page to display.
3. In the Order ID field, enter the Order ID of the original transaction that you want
to reverse.
Note: If you only have a partial Order ID, mark the begins with or the ends with
radio button.
4. Click on the Locate Transaction button.
5. Wait for the "Void" page to display.
6. In the "Transaction List" area, click on the Void button beside the transaction that
you want to reverse.
7. In the "Transaction Details" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
If the Customer Code field displays, optionally enter a customer code.
If the Invoice Number field displays, optionally enter an invoice number.
8. Click on the Process Transaction button.
If "Establishing communication with pinpad" or "Establishing communication
with cloud" displays on the "Void" page, wait until "Please follow prompts on
pinpad" displays:
If the iPP320 PIN Pad is connected via USB/serial cable, see page 112.
If the iPP320 PIN Pad is paired via the cloud, see page 117.
9. When the "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Void" page, the
transaction is complete:
If you want to remove any Moneris loyalty points awarded for the original
transaction, see page 151.
If you did not award loyalty points for the original transaction, print/e-mail
the Purchase-Correction (Void) receipt now (see page 120).
Follow the steps below to reverse (cancel) a Merchant Resource Center-referenced
debit/credit card Purchase, Capture, or Voice Authorization-Advice in an open batch.
4 Virtual terminal
82 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
4.10 Refund with debit/credit card
Follow the steps below to fully or partially reverse (refund) a Merchant Resource Center-
referenced credit card Purchase, Capture, or Voice Authorization-Advice in a closed
batch.
Note: To reverse a Merchant Resource Center-referenced debit card transaction, you must
do a Void (see page 81). If you cannot retrieve the transaction using the Void
function, try doing a Refund by following the steps below. To reverse any
debit/credit card transaction that is unreferenced on the Merchant Resource
Center, you must do an Independent Refund (see page 85).
Note: If you are reversing a transaction that was originally performed on an iPP320 PIN
Pad (insert or swipe), ensure that the same iPP320 PIN Pad is either connected via a
USB/serial cable to the computer from which you are performing the Refund or is
paired via the cloud and connected to the Internet.
1. On the menu bar, click on Terminal > Refund.
2. Wait for the "Refund" page to display.
3. In the Order ID field, enter the Order ID of the original transaction that you want
to reverse.
Note: If you only have a partial Order ID, mark the begins with or the ends with
radio button.
4. Click on the Locate Transaction button.
5. Wait for the "Refund" page to display.
6. In the "Transaction List" area, click on the Refund button beside the transaction
that you want to reverse.
7. In the "Transaction Details" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In the Amount field, enter the amount to be refunded (#.##); otherwise, leave
the displayed amount as is to refund the full amount of the original
transaction.
If the Customer Code field displays, optionally enter a customer code.
If the Invoice Number field displays, optionally enter an invoice number.
b. If the Add Level 2/3 Details button displays, do one of the following:
To add level 2/3 details to the Refund, see page 108.
To proceed without adding level 2/3 details to the Refund, go to step 8.
8. Click on the Process Transaction button.
4 Virtual terminal
83
If "Establishing communication with pinpad" or "Establishing communication
with cloud" displays on the "Refund" page, wait until "Please follow prompts
on pinpad" displays:
If the iPP320 PIN Pad is connected via USB/serial cable, see page 112.
If the iPP320 PIN Pad is paired via the cloud, see page 117.
9. When the "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Refund" page, the
transaction is complete:
If you want to remove any Moneris loyalty points awarded for the original
transaction, see page 154.
If did not award loyalty points for the original transaction, print/e-mail the
Refund receipt now (see page 120).
4 Virtual terminal
84 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
4.11 Refund with cash
Follow the steps below to fully or partially reverse (refund) a cash transaction. You will
manually enter (key) all transaction data in the Merchant Resource Center fields.
1. On the menu bar, click on Terminal > Refund.
2. Wait for the "Refund" page to display.
3. In the Order ID field, enter the Order ID of the original transaction that you want
to reverse.
Note: If you only have a partial Order ID, mark the begins with or the ends with
radio button.
4. Click on the Locate Transaction button.
5. Wait for the "Refund" page to display.
6. In the "Transaction List" area, click on the Refund button beside the transaction
that you want to reverse.
7. In the Amount field, enter the amount to be refunded (#.##); otherwise, leave the
displayed amount as is to refund the full amount of the original transaction.
8. Click on the Process Transaction button.
9. When the "APPROVED" response displays on the "Refund" page, the transaction is
complete:
If you want to remove any Moneris loyalty points awarded for the original
transaction, see page 154.
If did not award loyalty points for the original transaction, print/e-mail the
Refund receipt now (see page 120).
4 Virtual terminal
85
4.12 Independent Refund with debit/credit card
Reverse (refund) a debit/credit card transaction that is unreferenced on the Merchant
Resource Center.
For a listing of supported card entry methods, including the associated
procedures describing how to use them to perform this transaction, refer to the
table below:
Card entry method
See procedure on:
iPP320 PIN Pad: USB/serial
page 86
iPP320 PIN Pad: USB/serial (manual)
page 87
iPP320 PIN Pad: cloud
page 88
iPP320 PIN Pad: cloud (manual)
page 89
unencrypted MSR
page 90
Vault profile
page 91
keyed entry
page 92
4 Virtual terminal
86 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
4.12.1 Independent Refund with debit/credit card: iPP320 PIN
Pad: USB/serial
Follow the steps below to fully or partially reverse (refund) a debit/credit card
transaction that is unreferenced on the Merchant Resource Center. You will use an
iPP320 PIN Pad that is connected to your computer via a USB/serial cable
(see page 13) to capture the card data via insert, tap, or swipe.
1. On the menu bar, click on Terminal > Independent Refund.
2. Wait for the "Independent Refund" page to display.
3. In the "Payment Method" area, select Debit/Credit - Pinpad from the drop-down
list.
4. In the "Payment Details" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. Ensure that the Enable manual card input box is unmarked.
b. In the Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
c. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
d. In the Amount field, enter the Independent Refund amount (#.##).
5. Click on the Process Transaction button.
6. When "Establishing communication with pinpad" displays on the "Independent
Refund" page, wait.
7. When "Please follow prompts on pinpad" displays on the "Independent Refund"
page, see page 112.
8. When the "APPROVED or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Independent
Refund" page, the transaction is complete.
9. Print/e-mail the Independent Refund receipt now (see page 120).
4 Virtual terminal
87
4.12.2 Independent Refund with debit/credit card: iPP320 PIN Pad
- manual card entry: USB/serial
Follow the steps below to fully or partially reverse (refund) a debit/credit card
transaction that is unreferenced on the Merchant Resource Center. You will manually
enter (key) the card data on an iPP320 PIN Pad that is connected to your computer via
USB/serial cable (see page 13).
Note: Some chip debit cards may be used for this transaction.
1. On the menu bar, click on Terminal > Independent Refund.
2. Wait for the "Independent Refund" page to display.
3. In the "Payment Method" area, select Debit/Credit - Pinpad from the drop-down
list.
4. In the "Payment Details" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. Checkmark the Enable manual card input box.
b. In the Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
c. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
d. In the Amount field, enter the Independent Refund amount (#.##).
5. Click on the Process Transaction button.
6. When "Establishing communication with pinpad" displays on the "Independent
Refund" page, wait.
7. When "Please follow prompts on pinpad" displays on the "Independent Refund"
page, do the following:
a. When "SWIPE, TAP OR INSERT CARD" or "SWIPE OR INSERT CARD" displays on
the iPP320 PIN Pad, key in the card account number, and press the green
key.
a. When "EXPIRY DATE MMYY" displays on the iPP320 PIN Pad, key in the card
expiry date (MMYY), and press the green key.
b. When "PLEASE WAIT" displays on the iPP320 PIN Pad, wait.
c. When "APPROVED THANK YOU OBTAIN CARD" displays on the iPP320 PIN Pad,
press the green key (return the card to the cardholder).
8. When the "APPROVED or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Independent
Refund" page, the transaction is complete.
9. Print/e-mail the Independent Refund receipt now (see page 120).
4 Virtual terminal
88 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
4.12.3 Independent Refund with debit/credit card: iPP320 PIN
Pad: cloud
Follow the steps below to fully or partially reverse (refund) a debit/credit card
transaction that is unreferenced on the Merchant Resource Center. You will use an
iPP320 PIN Pad that is connected to the Internet and paired via the cloud with your
Merchant Resource Center store (see page 13) to capture the card data via insert, tap, or
swipe.
1. On the menu bar, click on Terminal > Independent Refund.
2. Wait for the "Independent Refund" page to display.
3. In the "Payment Method" area, Debit/Credit - Cloud from the drop-down list.
4. In the "Payment Details" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. Ensure that the Enable manual card input box is unmarked.
b. In the Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
c. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
d. In the Amount field, enter the Independent Refund amount (#.##).
5. Click on the Process Transaction button.
6. When "Establishing communication with cloud" displays on the "Independent
Refund" page, wait.
If "Choose Pinpad" displays, click on the Select button that corresponds to the
terminal ID of the iPP320 PIN Pad that you want to use for this transaction.
7. When "Please follow prompts on pinpad" displays on the "Independent Refund"
page, see page 117.
8. When the "APPROVED or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Independent
Refund" page, the transaction is complete.
9. Print/e-mail the Independent Refund receipt now (see page 120).
4 Virtual terminal
89
4.12.4 Independent Refund with debit/credit card: iPP320 PIN Pad
- manual card entry: cloud
Follow the steps below to fully or partially reverse (refund) a debit/credit card
transaction that is unreferenced on the Merchant Resource Center. You will manually
enter (key) the card data on an iPP320 PIN Pad that is connected to the Internet and
paired via the cloud with your Merchant Resource Center store (see page 13).
Note: Some chip debit cards may be used for this transaction.
1. On the menu bar, click on Terminal > Independent Refund.
2. Wait for the "Independent Refund" page to display.
3. In the "Payment Method" area, select Debit/Credit - Cloud from the drop-down
list.
4. In the "Payment Details" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. Checkmark the Enable manual card input box.
b. In the Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
c. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
d. In the Amount field, enter the Independent Refund amount (#.##).
5. Click on the Process Transaction button.
6. When "Establishing communication with cloud" displays on the "Independent
Refund" page, wait.
If "Choose Pinpad" displays, click on the Select button that corresponds to the
terminal ID of the iPP320 PIN Pad that you want to use for this transaction.
7. When "Please follow prompts on pinpad" displays on the "Independent Refund"
page, do the following:
a. When "ENTER CARD #" displays on the iPP320 PIN Pad, key in the card account
number, and press the green key.
b. When "EXPIRY DATE MMYY" displays on the iPP320 PIN Pad, key in the card
expiry date (MMYY), and press the green key.
c. When "PLEASE WAIT" displays on the iPP320 PIN Pad, wait.
d. When "APPROVED THANK YOU OBTAIN CARD" displays on the iPP320 PIN Pad,
press the red key (return the card to the cardholder).
8. When the "APPROVED or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Independent
Refund" page, the transaction is complete.
9. Print/e-mail the Independent Refund receipt now (see page 120).
4 Virtual terminal
90 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
4.12.5 Independent Refund with debit/credit card:
unencrypted MSR
Follow the steps below to fully or partially reverse (refund) a debit/credit card
transaction that is unreferenced on the Merchant Resource Center. You will use an
unencrypted magnetic stripe reader to capture the card data.
Note: Some chip debit cards may be used for this transaction.
1. On the menu bar, click on Terminal > Independent Refund.
2. Wait for the "Independent Refund" page to display.
3. In the "Payment Method" area, select Credit Card- MSR from the drop-down list.
4. In the "Payment Details" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In the Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
b. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
c. In the Statement Descriptor field, enter a descriptor for the card statement.
d. In the Amount field, enter the Independent Refund amount (#.##).
5. Click on the Swipe Card button.
6. When "Please swipe credit card now" displays on the "Independent Refund" page,
swipe the card on the unencrypted magnetic stripe reader.
7. When the "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Independent
Refund" page, the transaction is complete.
8. Print/e-mail the Independent Refund receipt now (see page 120).
4 Virtual terminal
91
4.12.6 Independent Refund with debit/credit card: Vault profile
Follow the steps below use credit card data sourced from a Vault profile to fully or
partially reverse (refund) a debit/credit card transaction that is unreferenced on the
Merchant Resource Center.
Note: Some chip debit cards may be used for this transaction.
1. On the menu bar, click on Terminal > Independent Refund.
2. Wait for the "Independent Refund" page to display.
3. In the "Payment Method" area, select Vault Profile - Keyed Entry from the drop-
down list.
4. In the "Payment Details" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In the Data Key field, enter the data key of the Vault profile from which you
want to source the card data.
b. Click on the Verify Data Key button.
c. Confirm that the Credit Card Number and Expiry Date fields are populated
with the correct card data.
d. In the Card Verification Digits field, enter the card verification digits.
5. In the "Payment Details" area, fill in the remaining fields:
a. In the Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
b. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
c. In the Amount field, enter the Independent Refund amount (#.##).
d. In the Statement Descriptor field, enter a descriptor for the card statement.
6. Click on the Process Transaction button.
7. When the "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Independent
Refund" page, the transaction is complete.
8. Print/e-mail the Independent Refund receipt now (see page 120).
4 Virtual terminal
92 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
4.12.7 Independent Refund with debit/credit card: keyed entry
Follow the steps below to fully or partially reverse (refund) a debit/credit card
transaction that is unreferenced on the Merchant Resource Center. You will manually
enter (key) the card data in the Merchant Resource Center fields.
1. On the menu bar, click on Terminal > Independent Refund.
2. Wait for the "Independent Refund" page to display.
3. In the "Payment Method" area, select Credit Card - Keyed Entry from the drop-
down list.
4. In the "Payment Details" area, do the following:
a. In the Statement Descriptor field, enter a descriptor for the card statement.
b. In the Amount field, enter the Independent Refund amount (#.##).
c. In the Credit Card Number field, enter the card account number.
d. In the Expiry Date field, enter the card expiry date (MMYY).
e. In the Card Verification Digits field, enter the card verification digits.
f. From the "ECI Indicator" drop-down list, select an e-commerce descriptor.
5. Click on the Process Transaction button.
6. When the "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Independent
Refund" page, the transaction is complete.
7. Print/e-mail the Independent Refund receipt now (see page 120).
4 Virtual terminal
93
4.13 Card Verification with debit/credit card
Obtain card and address verification without charging the cardholder’s credit card (e.g.,,
you may want to verify that a credit card is valid before storing the card number on file
for future payments (e.g., recurring billing, registering the card in a Vault profile, etc.).
Note: Some chip debit cards may be used for this transaction. UnionPay cards cannot be
used for this transaction.
For a listing of supported card entry methods, including the associated
procedures describing how to use them to perform this transaction, refer to the
table below:
Card entry method
See procedure on:
unencrypted MSR
page 94
keyed entry
page 95
4 Virtual terminal
94 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
4.13.1 Card Verification with debit/credit card: unencrypted MSR
Follow the steps below to perform a Card Verification with a credit card by using an
unencrypted magnetic stripe reader to capture the card data.
Note: Some chip debit cards may be used for this transaction. UnionPay cards cannot be
used for this transaction.
1. On the menu bar, click on Terminal > Verification.
2. Wait for the "Card Verification" page to display.
3. In the "Payment Method" area, select Credit Card - MSR from the drop-down list.
4. In the "Payment Details" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In the Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
b. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
If the "Address Verification" area displays, enter the billing address data in
the Street Number, Street Name (use also to enter PO box data), and
Zip/Postal Code fields (for a post office box, checkmark PO Box).
5. Click on the Swipe Card button.
6. When "Please swipe credit card now" displays on the "Card Verification" page,
swipe the card on the unencrypted magnetic stripe reader.
7. When the "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Card Verification"
page, the transaction is complete.
8. Print/e-mail the Card Verification receipt (see page 120).
4 Virtual terminal
95
4.13.2 Card Verification with debit/credit card: keyed entry
Follow the steps below to perform a Card Verification with a credit card by manually
entering (keying) the card data in the Merchant Resource Center fields.
Note: Some chip debit cards may be used for this transaction. UnionPay cards cannot be
used for this transaction.
1. On the menu bar, click on Terminal > Verification.
2. Wait for the "Card Verification" page to display.
3. In the "Payment Method" area, select Credit Card - Keyed Entry from the drop-
down list.
4. In the "Payment Details" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In the Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
b. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
c. In the Credit Card Number field, enter the card account number.
d. In the Expiry Date field, enter the card expiry date (MMYY).
e. From the "ECI Indicator" drop-down list, select an e-commerce descriptor.
If the "Address Verification" area displays, enter the billing address data in
the Street Number, Street Name (use also to enter PO box data), and
Zip/Postal Code fields (for a post office box, checkmark PO Box).
5. Click on the Process Transaction button.
6. When the "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Card Verification"
page, the transaction is complete.
7. Print/e-mail the Card Verification receipt (see page 120).
4 Virtual terminal
96 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
4.14 Chip Initialization
Follow the steps below to initialize/re-initialize an iPP320 PIN Pad (see page 13) that is
connected to your computer and registered to your Merchant Resource Center store.
1. Ensure that the iPP320 that you want to initialize/reinitialize is connected to
your computer and the "WELCOME/BONJOUR" screen is displayed.
2. On the menu bar, click on Terminal > Chip Initialization.
3. When "Establishing communication with pinpad" displays on the "Chip
Initialization" page, wait.
4. When "Downloading pinpad parameters from the host" displays on the
"Chip Initialization" page, wait.
Note: The iPP320 PIN Pad displays "PLEASE WAIT" during this process.
If a Moneris "TerminalApplet" warning displays on your computer screen,
select the option to always trust content from this publisher, and then allow
the applet to run.
If a "security warning" prompt displays on your computer screen prompting
you for permission to allow the Moneris "TerminalApplet" to access a
moneris.com Web site, select the option to always grant this access.
5. When the "Initialization Complete" response displays on the "Chip Initialization"
page, the iPP320 PINpd is ready to be used to process transactions.
If the Continue button displays, click on it.
6. The operation is complete.
4 Virtual terminal
97
4.15 Cloud Initialization
Follow the steps below to re-initialize an iPP320 PIN Pad that is paired via the cloud with
your Merchant Resource Center store (see page 13).
1. Ensure thePIN Pad that you want to re-initialize is connected to the Internet and
is displaying the "WELCOME/BONJOUR" screen with "CC" in the upper right
corner.
Note: If the iPP320 PIN Pad displays "NO CONNECTION TO THE CLOUD PRESS OK TO
CONNECT" continuously, press the green key to return to the
"WELCOME/BONJOUR" screen; then ensure that your Internet service is
available and your Ethernet cables are properly connected; then
simultaneously press and hold down both the yellow key and the
key until the iPP320 starts to reboot. When the "WELCOME/BONJOUR"
screen and "CC" are displayed, go to the next step.
2. On the menu bar, click on Terminal > Cloud Initialization.
3. Wait for the "Cloud Init" page to display, and then do the following:
a. Locate the terminal ID (or name) of the paired iPP320 PIN Pad that you want
to initialize/re-initialize.
Note: The terminal ID is an 8-digit number starting with "61" (e.g., 61012345),
which is printed on a sticker affixed to the iPP320 PIN Pad. If you
assigned the iPP320 PIN Pad with a name when you paired the PIN Pad,
you may also identify the PIN Pad by its name.
b. Click on the Initialize button that corresponds to the terminal ID (or name) of
the iPP320 PIN Pad that you want to initialize/re-initialize.
4. When "The pinpad is intializing. Please wait this may take a minute or two"
displays on the "Cloud Init" page, wait while the iPP320 PIN Pad initializes.
Note: The iPP320 PIN Pad displays "PLEASE WAIT" during the initialization process.
5. When the "Initialization Complete" response displays on the "Cloud Init" page,
click on the OK button.
6. The operation is complete.
4 Virtual terminal
98 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
4.16 Optional procedures: debit/credit cards
4.16.1 Adding order details to a transaction
Follow the steps below to add order details to a transaction.
Note: Order details are for receipt purposes only (the Merchant Resource Center will not
perform calculations based on data sent in the order details fields). Only e-mail
receipts can include order details. If you subsequently add level 2/3 details to an
eligible follow-on Capture or Refund (see page 270), the Merchant Resource Center
will discard any order details data submitted in the original transaction.
1. On the transaction page, click on the Add Order Details button.
2. Wait for the "Order Details" area to display on the transaction page.
3. In the "Billing Details" area, enter billing data in the fields (First Name, Last Name,
Company, Address, City, State/Prov, Postal Code, Country, Phone, Fax, Shipping
Details, First Name, Last Name, Company, Address, City, State/Prov, Postal Code,
Country, Phone, and Fax).
4. Do one of the following:
If the shipping address is not the same as billing address, go to step 5.
If the shipping address is the same as billing address, checkmark the Check if
Shipping address is the same as Billing address box, and go to step 6.
5. In the "Shipping Details" area, enter the customer shipping data in the fields
(First Name, Last Name, Company, Address, City, State/Prov, Postal Code, Country,
Phone, and Fax).
6. In the Email Address field, optionally enter the customer's e-mail address.
7. In the Special Instructions field, optionally enter supplementary details.
8. In the "Line Items - Click 'Add Item' to include item in order" area, create a line
item listing for a specific product/service being shipped/rendered in the order:
a. Enter the product details in the line item fields (Product Code, Description,
Quantity, and Amount).
b. Click on the Add Item button.
c. When the product is listed in the "The items listed below will be included in
the order details" area, do one of the following:
To add another line item, repeat steps 8a-c.
If you want to continue without adding additional line items, go to step 9.
9. In the "Taxes & Shipping" area, enter tax/shipping data in the fields
(Shipping/Freight, Tax 1, and Tax 2).
10. Refer back to the financial transaction procedure.
4 Virtual terminal
99
4.16.2 When a purchasing (corporate) card is detected
When both the Proceed with Level 2/3 button and Proceed with Purchase button display
on the "Purchase" page, it means the Merchant Resource Center has detected that the
card you entered is a purchasing (corporate) card.
1. You may add level 2/3 details to the transaction or bypass adding level 2/3
details:
To add level 2/3 details:
a. Click on the Proceed with Level 2/3 button.
Note: The transaction will be processed as a debit/credit Preauthorization.
b. When the "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Preauth"
page, the transaction is complete:
Important! To receive funds, you must perform a debit/credit Capture at a
later time (see page 74). You will be prompted to add the level 2/3 details
during the Capture.
If Moneris Loyalty is enabled and you want to allocate loyalty points, see
page 142.
If Moneris Loyalty is not enabled or it is but you want to bypass allocating
points, print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
To bypass adding level 2/3 details:
a. Click on the Proceed with Purchase button.
Note: The transaction will be processed as a debit/credit Purchase.
b. When the "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Purchase"
page, the transaction is complete:
If Moneris Loyalty is enabled and you want to award loyalty points, see
page 137.
If Moneris Loyalty is not enabled or it is but you want to bypass awarding
points, print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
4 Virtual terminal
100 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
4.16.3 Adding level 2/3 details: capturing a debit/credit
Preauthorization
When the "Transaction Details" of the debit/credit Preauthorization that you want to
capture are displayed on the "Capture" page, follow the steps below to add level 2/3 tax
details to the transaction.
Note: For more information about the level 2/3 details feature, see page 270.
1. Click on the Add Level 2/3 Details button.
2. When the Destination Postal Code field displays, do one of the following:
If you are shipping/rendering the order within Canada, enter the destination
postal code (exclude spaces or hyphens).
If you are shipping/rendering the order internationally, leave the field blank
so that no taxes are added to the Capture total.
3. Click on the Continue button.
4. Depending on the card type used to process the original Preauthorization, do one
of the following:
If a Visa card was used, see page 101.
If a Mastercard was used, see page 102.
If an Amex card was used, see page 103.
4 Virtual terminal
101
4.16.3.1 Entering level 2/3 details: Visa cards (capturing a Preauthorization)
Follow the steps below to add Visa-specific level 2/3 details on the "Capture" page.
Note: For more information about the fields referred to in the steps below, see page 271.
1. In the "Addendum 1 Details" area, enter shipping data in the fields (Buyer Name,
Customer Ref. Identifier, Destination Country, Destination Postal Code, Freight
Amount (inc taxes), Duty Amount, and VAT Reference Num).
If the "Tax Details" area displays (Canadian postal codes only) and the order is
tax exempt, mark the "Invoice Tax Exempt" Yes radio button; otherwise, mark
the No radio button, and enter the tax amount in the HST Amount field (must
be less than 30% of original amount).
2. In the "Line Items" area, create a line item listing for a specific product/service
being shipped/rendered in the order:
a. Enter the product details in the line item fields (Commodity Code, Product
Code, Description, Quantity, Unit Meas., and Unit Cost).
If the "Tax Exempt for Line Item" HST box displays, checkmark it if the
product is tax exempt.
If there is a discount on the product unit cost, enter the discount amount
in the Discount on unit cost field (#.##).
b. Click on the Add Line button.
c. When the product is listed in "Line Items included in order" area, do one of
the following:
To add another line item, repeat steps 2a-c.
To continue without adding additional line items, go to step 3.
3. Click on the Calculate Totals button, and confirm that each line item total is
correct.
Note: The Amount field ("Transaction Details" area) should now reflect the
combined amount of all line item totals, including taxes and discounts
applied against the order.
4. Click on the Process Transaction button.
5. When the "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Capture" page,
the transaction is complete:
If you allocated loyalty points for the original debit/credit Preauthorization
and you want to award the points, see page 143.
If did not award loyalty points for the original transaction, print/e-mail the
Capture receipt now (see page 120).
4 Virtual terminal
102 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
4.16.3.2 Entering level 2/3 details: Mastercard cards (capturing a
Preauthorization)
Follow the steps below to enter Mastercard-specific level 2/3 details on the "Capture"
page.
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 271.
1. In the "Addendum 1 Details" area, enter shipping data in the fields (Destination
Country, Destination Postal Code, Freight Amount (inc taxes), Duty Amount, and
Supplemental Data).
If the "Tax Details" area displays(Canadian postal codes only) and the order is
tax exempt, mark the "Invoice Tax Exempt" Yes radio button; otherwise, mark
the No radio button, and enter the tax amount in the HST Amount field
(must be less than 30% of original amount).
2. In the "Line Items" area, create a line item listing for a specific product/service
being shipped/rendered in the order:
a. Enter product details in the line item fields (Product Code, Description,
Quantity, Unit Meas., and Unit Cost).
If the "Tax Exempt for Line Item" HST box displays, checkmark it if the
product is tax exempt.
If there is a discount on the product unit cost, enter the discount amount
in the Discount on unit cost field (#.##).
b. Click on the Add Line button.
c. When the product is now listed in the "Line Items included in order" area, do
one of the following:
To add another line item, repeat steps 2a-c.
To continue without adding additional line items, go to step 3.
3. Click on the Calculate Totals button, and confirm that each line item total is
correct.
Note: The Amount field ("Transaction Details" area) should now reflect the
combined amount of all line item totals, including taxes and discounts
applied against the order.
4. Click on the Process Transaction button.
5. When the "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Capture" page,
the transaction is complete:
If you allocated loyalty points for the original debit/credit Preauthorization
and you want to award the points, see page 143.
If did not award loyalty points for the original transaction, print/e-mail the
Capture receipt now (see page 120).
4 Virtual terminal
103
4.16.3.3 Entering level 2/3 details: Amex cards (capturing a Preauthorization)
Follow the steps below to enter Amex -specific level 2/3 details on the "Capture" page:
1. In the "Customer Details" area, enter customer data in the fields (Customer
Name, Street Address 1, Street Address 2, City, Province/State, Postal/Zip Code,
Invoice Number, PO Number, Customer Reference ID).
If the "Tax Details" area displays (Canadian postal codes only) and the order is
tax exempt, mark the "Invoice Tax Exempt" Yes radio button; otherwise, mark
the No radio button.
2. In the "Line Items" area, create a line item listing for a specific product/service
being shipped/rendered in the order:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 271.
a. Select the product code type (e.g., PART #) from the drop-down list.
b. Enter the product details in the other line item fields (Description, Quantity,
Unit Meas., and Unit Cost).
If the "Tax Exempt for Line Item" HST box displays, checkmark it if the
product is tax exempt.
If there is a discount on the product unit cost, enter the discount amount
in the Discount on unit cost field.
c. Click on the Add Line button.
d. When the product is listed in "Line Items included in order" area, do one of
the following:
To add another line item, repeat steps 2a-d.
To continue without adding additional line items, go to step 3.
3. Click on the Calculate Totals button, and confirm that each line item total is
correct.
Note: The Amount field ("Transaction Details" area) should now reflect the
combined amount of all line item totals, including taxes and discounts
applied against the order.
4. Click on the Process Transaction button.
5. When the "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Capture" page,
the transaction is complete:
If you allocated loyalty points for the original debit/credit Preauthorization
and you want to award the points, see page 143.
If did not award loyalty points for the original transaction, print/e-mail the
Capture receipt now (see page 120).
4 Virtual terminal
104 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
4.16.4 Adding level 2/3 details: capturing a debit/credit
Reauthorization
When the "Transaction Details" of a debit/credit Reauthorization are displayed on the
"Capture" page, follow the steps below to add level 2/3 details to the Capture
transaction.
Note: For more information about the level 2/3 details feature, see page 270.
1. Click on the Add Level 2/3 Details button.
2. When the Destination Postal Code field displays, do one of the following:
If you are shipping/rendering the order within Canada, enter the destination
postal code (exclude spaces or hyphens).
If you are shipping/rendering the order internationally, leave the field blank
so that no taxes are added to the Capture total.
3. Click on the Continue button.
4. Depending on the card type used to process the original Preauthorization, do one
of the following:
If a Visa card was used, see page 105.
If a Mastercard was used, see page 106.
If an Amex card was used, see page 107.
4 Virtual terminal
105
4.16.4.1 Entering level 2/3 details: Visa cards (capturing a Reauthorization)
Follow the steps below to add Visa-specific level 2/3 details on the "Capture" page.
Note: For more information about the fields referred to in the steps below, see page 271.
1. In the "Addendum 1 Details" area, enter shipping data in the fields (Buyer Name,
Customer Ref. Identifier, Destination Country, Destination Postal Code, Freight
Amount (inc taxes), Duty Amount, and VAT Reference Num).
If the "Tax Details" area displays (Canadian postal codes only) and the order is
tax exempt, mark the "Invoice Tax Exempt" Yes radio button; otherwise,
mark the No radio button, and enter the tax amount in the HST Amount field
(must be less than 30% of original amount).
2. In the "Line Items" area, create a line item listing for a specific product/service
being shipped/rendered in the order:
a. Enter the product details in the line item fields (Commodity Code, Product
Code, Description, Quantity, Unit Meas., and Unit Cost).
If the "Tax Exempt for Line Item" HST box displays, checkmark it if the
product is tax exempt.
If there is a discount on the product unit cost, enter the discount amount
in the Discount on unit cost field (#.##).
b. Click on the Add Line button.
c. When the product is listed in "Line Items included in order" area, do one of
the following:
To add another line item, repeat steps 2a-c.
To continue without adding additional line items, go to step 3.
3. Click on the Calculate Totals button, and confirm that each line item total is
correct.
Note: The Amount field ("Transaction Details" area) should now reflect the
combined amount of all line item totals, including taxes and discounts
applied against the order.
4. Click on the Process Transaction button.
5. When the "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Capture" page,
the transaction is complete.
6. Print/e-mail the Capture receipt now (see page 120).
Note: Moneris Loyalty points cannot be awarded for the capture of a
Reauthorization transaction.
4 Virtual terminal
106 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
4.16.4.2 Entering level 2/3 details: Mastercard cards (capturing a Reauthorization)
Follow the steps below to enter Mastercard-specific level 2/3 details on the "Capture"
page.
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 271.
1. In the "Addendum 1 Details" area, enter shipping data in the fields (Destination
Country, Destination Postal Code, Freight Amount (inc taxes), Duty Amount, and
Supplemental Data).
If the "Tax Details" area displays (Canadian postal codes only) and the order is
tax exempt, mark the "Invoice Tax Exempt" Yes radio button; otherwise, mark
the No radio button, and enter the tax amount in the HST Amount field (must
be less than 30% of original amount).
2. In the "Line Items" area, create a line item listing for a specific product/service
being shipped/rendered in the order:
a. Enter the product details in the line item fields (Product Code, Description,
Quantity, Unit Meas., and Unit Cost).
If the "Tax Exempt for Line Item" HST box displays, checkmark it if the
product is tax exempt.
If there is a discount on the product unit cost, enter the discount amount
in the Discount on unit cost field (#.##).
b. Click on the Add Line button.
c. When the product is now listed in the "Line Items included in order" area, do
one of the following:
To add another line item, repeat steps 2a-c.
To continue without adding additional line items, go to step 3.
3. Click on the Calculate Totals button, and confirm that each line item total is
correct.
Note: The Amount field ("Transaction Details" area) should now reflect the
combined amount of all line item totals, including taxes and discounts
applied against the order.
4. Click on the Process Transaction button.
5. When the "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Capture" page,
the transaction is complete.
6. Print/e-mail the Capture receipt now (see page 120).
Note: Moneris Loyalty points cannot be awarded for the capture of a
Reauthorization transaction.
4 Virtual terminal
107
4.16.4.3 Entering level 2/3 details: Amex cards (capturing a Reauthorization)
Follow the steps below to enter Amex card-specific level 2/3 details on the "Capture"
page:
1. In the "Customer Details" area, enter customer data in the fields (Customer
Name, Street Address 1, Street Address 2, City, Province/State, Postal/Zip Code,
Invoice Number, PO Number, and Customer Reference ID).
If the "Tax Details" area displays (Canadian postal codes only) and the order is
tax exempt, mark the "Invoice Tax Exempt" Yes radio button; otherwise, mark
the No radio button.
2. In the "Line Items" area, create a line item listing for a specific product/service
being shipped/rendered in the order:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 271.
a. Select the product code type (e.g., PART #) from the drop-down list.
b. Enter the product details in the other line item fields (Description, Quantity,
Unit Meas., and Unit Cost).
If the "Tax Exempt for Line Item" HST box displays, checkmark it if the
product is tax exempt.
If there is a discount on the product unit cost, enter the discount amount
in the Discount on unit cost field (#.##).
c. Click on the Add Line button.
d. When the product is listed in "Line Items included in order" area, do one of
the following:
To add another line item, repeat steps 2a-d.
To continue without adding additional line items, go to step 3.
3. Click on the Calculate Totals button, and confirm that each line item total is
correct.
Note: The Amount field ("Transaction Details" area) should now reflect the
combined amount of all line item totals, including taxes and discounts
applied against the order.
4. When the "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Capture" page,
the transaction is complete.
5. Print/e-mail the Capture receipt now (see page 120).
Note: Moneris Loyalty points cannot be awarded for the capture of a
Reauthorization transaction.
4 Virtual terminal
108 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
4.16.5 Adding level 2/3 details: Refund
When the "Transaction Details" of the debit/credit transaction to be reversed (refunded)
are displayed on the "Refund" page, follow the steps below to add level 2/3 details
(product and taxes) to the Refund transaction.
Note: For more information about the level 2/3 details feature, see page 270.
1. Click on the Add Level 2/3 Details button.
2. When the Destination Postal Code field displays, do one of the following:
If you are refunding an order that was originally shipped/rendered within
Canada, enter the original destination postal code (exclude spaces or
hyphens).
If you are refunding an order that was originally shipped/rendered
internationally, leave the field blank so that no taxes are added to the Refund
total.
3. Click on the Continue button.
4. Depending on the card type used to process the original Capture, do one of the
following:
If a Visa card was used, see page 109.
If a Mastercard was used, see page 110.
If an Amex card was used, see page 111.
4 Virtual terminal
109
4.16.5.1 Entering level 2/3 details: Visa cards (Refund)
Follow the steps below to add Visa-specific level 2/3 details on the "Refund" page.
Note: For more information about the fields referred to in the steps below, see page 271.
1. In the "Addendum 1 Details" area, enter the original order's shipping data in the
fields (Buyer Name, Customer Ref. Identifier, Destination Country, Destination
Postal Code, Freight Amount (inc taxes), Duty Amount, and VAT Reference Num).
If the "Tax Details" area displays (Canadian postal codes only) and the original
order was tax exempt, mark the "Invoice Tax Exempt" Yes radio button;
otherwise, mark the No radio button, and enter the original order's tax
amount in the HST Amount field (must be less than 30% of original amount).
2. In the "Line Items" area, create a line item listing for a specific product/service
being refunded from the original order:
a. Enter the product details in the line item fields (Commodity Code, Product
Code, Description, Quantity, Unit Meas., and Unit Cost).
If the "Tax Exempt for Line Item" HST box displays, checkmark it if the
product was tax exempt in the original order.
If there was a discount on the original order's product unit cost, enter the
discount amount in the Discount on unit cost field (#.##).
b. Click on the Add Line button.
c. When the product is listed in "Line Items included in order" area, do one of
the following:
To add another line item, repeat steps 2a-c.
To continue without adding additional line items, go to step 3.
3. Click on the Calculate Totals button, and confirm that each line item total is
correct.
Note: The Amount field ("Transaction Details" area) should now reflect the
combined amount of all line item totals, including taxes and discounts
applied against the order.
4. Click on the Process Transaction button.
5. When the "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Refund" page, the
transaction is complete:
If you want to remove any Moneris loyalty points awarded for the original
transaction, see page 154.
If did not award loyalty points for the original transaction, print/e-mail the
Refund receipt now (see page 120).
4 Virtual terminal
110 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
4.16.5.2 Entering level 2/3 details: Mastercard cards (Refund)
Follow the steps below to enter Mastercard-specific level 2/3 details on the "Refund"
page.
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 271.
1. In the "Addendum 1 Details" area, enter the original order's shipping data in the
fields (Destination Country, Destination Postal Code, Freight Amount (inc taxes),
Duty Amount, and Supplemental Data).
If the "Tax Details" area displays (Canadian postal codes only) and the original
order was tax exempt, mark the "Invoice Tax Exempt" Yes radio button;
otherwise, mark the No radio button, and enter the original order's tax
amount in the HST Amount field (must be less than 30% of original amount).
2. In the "Line Items" area, create a line item listing for a specific product/service
being refunded from the original order:
a. Enter the product details in the line item fields (Product Code, Description,
Quantity, Unit Meas., and Unit Cost).
If the "Tax Exempt for Line Item" HST box displays, checkmark it if the
product was tax exempt in the original order.
If there was a discount on the original order's product unit cost, enter the
discount amount in the Discount on unit cost field (#.##).
b. Click on the Add Line button.
c. When the product is now listed in the "Line Items included in order" area, do
one of the following:
To add another line item, repeat steps 2a-c.
To continue without adding additional line items, go to step 3.
3. Click on the Calculate Totals button, and confirm that each line item total is
correct.
Note: The Amount field ("Transaction Details" area) should now reflect the
combined amount of all line item totals, including taxes and discounts
applied against the order.
4. Click on the Process Transaction button.
5. When the "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Refund" page, the
transaction is complete:
If you want to remove any Moneris loyalty points awarded for the original
transaction, see page 154.
If did not award loyalty points for the original transaction, print/e-mail the
Refund receipt now (see page 120).
4 Virtual terminal
111
4.16.5.3 Entering level 2/3 details: Amex cards (Refund)
Follow the steps below to enter Amex-specific level 2/3 details on the "Refund" page:
1. In the "Customer Details" area, enter customer data in the fields (Customer
Name, Street Address 1, Street Address 2, City, Province/State, Postal/Zip Code,
Invoice Number, PO Number, and Customer Reference ID).
If the "Tax Details" area displays (Canadian postal codes only) and the order is
tax exempt, mark the "Invoice Tax Exempt" Yes radio button; otherwise, mark
the No radio button.
2. In the "Line Items" area, create a line item listing for a specific product/service
being refunded from the original order:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 271.
a. Select the product code type (e.g., PART #) from the drop-down list.
b. Enter the product details in the other line item fields (Description, Quantity,
Unit Meas., and Unit Cost).
If the "Tax Exempt for Line Item" HST box displays, checkmark it if the
product was tax exempt in the original order.
If there was a discount on the original order's product unit cost, enter the
discount amount in the Discount on unit cost field (#.##).
c. Click on the Add Line button.
d. When the product is listed in "Line Items included in order" area, do one of
the following:
To add another line item, repeat steps 2a-d.
To continue without adding additional line items, go to step 3.
3. Click on the Calculate Totals button, and confirm that each line item total is
correct.
Note: The Amount field ("Transaction Details" area) should now reflect the
combined amount of all line item totals, including taxes and discounts
applied against the order.
4. Click on the Process Transaction button.
5. When the "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Refund" page, the
transaction is complete:
If you want to remove any Moneris loyalty points awarded for the original
transaction, see page 154.
If did not award loyalty points for the original transaction, print/e-mail the
Refund receipt now (see page 120).
4 Virtual terminal
112 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
4.16.6 Cardholder prompts: iPP320 PIN Pad (USB/serial)
When "Please follow prompts on the pinpad" displays on the transaction page, do the
following:
1. Hand the iPP320 PIN Pad to the cardholder.
2. The cardholder responds to any prompt that displays on the iPP320 PIN Pad:
Note: Potential prompts (and the actions to take for each) are listed in order of
appearance in the table below. Only some of the listed prompts will appear
for any one transaction.
Cardholder prompt
Cardholder action
SWIPE, TAP OR
INSERT CARD
or
SWIPE OR INSERT
CARD
or
SWIPE CARD
Enters their card on the iPP320 PIN Pad (for options, see
pages 46 to 47).
SELECT LANGUAGE
ENGL FRAN
Selects the display language:
To select English, presses F1 (ENG).
To select French, presses F4 (FRAN).
SELECT
<Application name>
YES NO
Selects the card application:
To select the displayed application, presses F1 (YES).
To view the next available application, presses F4
(NO).
<Application name>
-OK?
YES NO
Presses F1 (YES) to use the displayed application.
<TRANSACTION
NAME>
$0.00-OK?
Presses the green key to confirm the displayed amount.
I PRE-AUTHORIZE
UP TO
$0.00-OK?
Presses the green key to confirm the displayed amount.
This table continues on the next page.
4 Virtual terminal
113
Cardholder prompt
Cardholder action
TIP OPTIONS
$ % NONE
Selects a tip type:
To enter a dollar amount, presses F1($).
To enter a percentage, presses F2 (%)
To bypass entering a tip, presses F4 (NONE).
ENTER TIP AMOUNT
$0.00
Keys in an amount, and presses the green key.
TIP PERCENTAGE
%AA %BB OTHR
Selects a percentage type:
To add a preset tip percentage, presses F1 (AA%) or
F2 (BB%).
To add a different precentage, presses F4 (OTHR).
ENTER TIP %
Enters a tip percentage, and presses the green key.
<TRANSACTION
NAME>
$0.00-OK?
Presses the green key to confirm the displayed
transaction amount.
Note: If the cardholder wants to change the tip amount,
they press the yellow key, and re-enter the tip when
prompted.
SELECT ACCOUNT
CHQ SAV
Selects a debit account:
To select "chequing", presses F1 (CHQ).
To select "savings", presses F4 (SAV).
ENTER PIN & OK
Keys in their Personal Identification Number (PIN) and
presses the green key.
PLEASE WAIT
Waits while the transaction is processed.
APPROVED
THANK YOU
REMOVE CARD
Removes their card from chip reader.
Note: The iPP320 PIN Pad beeps until the card is
removed.
APPROVED
THANK YOU
OBTAIN CARD
Retrieves their card.
WELCOME/BONJOUR
Returns the iPP320 PIN Pad to you (go to step 3).
4 Virtual terminal
114 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
3. Accept the iPP320 PIN Pad from the cardholder.
If "WELCOME/BONJOUR" is not currently displayed on the iPP320 PIN Pad,
press the green key until "WELCOME/BONJOUR" displays.
4. Refer back to the financial transaction procedure (continue at the step "When the
"APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response displays...").
4 Virtual terminal
115
4.16.7 Cardholder prompts: iPP320 PIN Pad - manual card entry
(USB/serial)
When "PURCHASE $0.00-OK?" displays on the iPP320 PIN Pad, do the following:
1. Hand the iPP320 PIN Pad to the cardholder.
2. The cardholder responds to any prompt that displays on the iPP320 PIN Pad.
Note: Potential prompts (and the actions to take for each) are listed in order of
appearance in the table below. Only some of the listed prompts will display
for any one transaction.
Cardholder prompt
Cardholder action
PURCHASE
$0.00-OK?
Presses the green key to confirm the displayed
amount.
TIP OPTIONS
$ % NONE
Selects a tip type:
To enter a dollar amount, presses F1($).
To enter a percentage, presses F2 (%)
To bypass entering a tip, presses F4 (NONE).
ENTER TIP AMOUNT
$0.00
Keys in an amount, and presses the green key.
TIP PERCENTAGE
%AA %BB OTHR
Selects a percentage type:
To add a preset tip percentage, presses F1 (AA%) or
F2 (BB%).
To add a different precentage, presses F4 (OTHR).
ENTER TIP %
Enters a tip percentage, and presses the green key.
PURCHASE
$0.00-OK?
Presses the green key to confirm the displayed
transaction amount.
Note: If the cardholder wants to change the tip amount,
they press the yellow key, and re-enter the tip when
prompted.
PLEASE WAIT
Waits while the transaction is processed.
APPROVED
THANK YOU
OBTAIN CARD
Retrieves their card.
WELCOME/BONJOUR
Returns the iPP320 PIN Pad to you (go to step 3).
4 Virtual terminal
116 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
3. Accept the iPP320 from the cardholder.
If "WELCOME/BONJOUR" is not currently displayed on the iPP320 PIN Pad,
press the green key until "WELCOME/BONJOUR" displays.
4. When the "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Purchase" page,
the transaction is complete:
If Moneris Loyalty is enabled and you want to award loyalty points, see
page 137.
If Moneris Loyalty is not enabled or it is but you want to bypass awarding
points, print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
4 Virtual terminal
117
4.16.8 Cardholder prompts: iPP320 PIN Pad (cloud)
When "Please follow prompts on the pinpad" displays on the transaction page, do the
following:
1. Hand the iPP320 PIN Pad to the cardholder.
2. The cardholder responds to any prompt that displays on the iPP320 PIN Pad:
If "PURCHASE-OK? $0.00" displays, see page 119.
Note: Potential prompts (and the actions to take for each) are listed in order of
appearance in the table below. Only some of the listed prompts will appear
for any one transaction.
Cardholder prompt
Cardholder action
SWIPE, TAP OR
INSERT CARD
or
SWIPE OR INSERT
CARD
or
SWIPE CARD
Enters their card on the iPP320 PIN Pad (for options, see
pages 46 to 47).
SELECT LANGUAGE
ENGL FRAN
Selects the display language:
To select English, presses F1 (ENG).
To select French, presses F4 (FRAN).
SELECT
<Application name>
YES NO
Selects the card application:
To select the displayed application, presses F1 (YES).
To view the next available application, presses F4
(NO).
<Application name>
-OK?
YES NO
Presses F1 (YES) to use the displayed application.
<TRANSACTION
NAME>
$0.00-OK?
Presses the green key to confirm the displayed amount.
I PRE-AUTHORIZE
UP TO
$0.00-OK?
Presses the green key to confirm the displayed amount.
This table continues on the next page.
4 Virtual terminal
118 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
Cardholder prompt
Cardholder action
SELECT ACCOUNT
CHQ SAV
Selects a debit account:
To select "chequing", presses F1 (CHQ).
To select "savings", presses F4 (SAV).
ENTER PIN & OK
Keys in their Personal Identification Number (PIN) and
presses the green key.
PLEASE WAIT
Waits while the transaction is processed.
APPROVED
THANK YOU
REMOVE CARD
Removes their card from chip reader.
Note: The iPP320 PIN Pad beeps until the card is
removed.
APPROVED
THANK YOU
OBTAIN CARD
Retrieves their card.
WELCOME/BONJOUR
Returns the iPP320 PIN Pad to you (go to step 3).
3. Accept the iPP320 PIN Pad from the cardholder.
If "WELCOME/BONJOUR" is not currently displayed on the iPP320 PIN Pad,
press the red key until "WELCOME/BONJOUR" displays.
4. Refer back to the financial transaction procedure (continue at the step "When the
"APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response displays...").
4 Virtual terminal
119
4.16.9 Cardholder prompts: iPP320 PIN Pad - tip enabled (cloud)
1. When "PURCHASE $0.00-OK?" displays on the iPP320 PIN Pad, hand the PIN Pad to
the cardholder.
2. The cardholder responds to any prompt that displays on the iPP320 PIN Pad:
Note: Potential prompts (and the actions to take for each) are listed in order of
appearance in the table below.
Cardholder prompt
Cardholder action
PURCHASE
$0.00-OK?
Presses the green key to confirm the displayed
amount.
SELECT TIP TYPE
OR PRESS OK
$ %
Selects a tip type:
To enter a dollar amount, presses F1($).
To enter a percentage, presses F4 (%)
To bypass entering a tip, presses the green
key.
ENTER TIP
PERCENTAGE (%)
00
Keys in a tip percentage (or nothing) and presses the green
key.
ENTER TIP AMOUNT
$0.00
Keys in a tip amount (or nothing), and presses the green
key.
PURCHASE
$0.00-OK?
Presses the green key to confirm the displayed
transaction amount.
Note: If the cardholder wants to change the tip amount,
they press the yellow key, and re-enter the tip when
prompted.
3. Do one of the following:
If "SWIPE, TAP OR INSERT CARD" or "SWIPE OR INSERT CARD" or "SWIPE CARD"
displays, see page 117 (continue at step 2).
If "ENTER CARD #" displays, the cardholder hands the iPP320 PIN Pad back to
you (see page 54; continue at step 8).
120 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
5 Printing/e-mailing a receipt
Once you submit a transaction and the Merchant Resource Center displays the host
response "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" (or "APPROVED"/"DECLINED") indicating the
transaction has been processed, follow the steps below to print and/or e-mail the
transaction receipt.
Note: If you ever want to view, print, or e-mail a receipt after you have closed the
transaction page, access the transaction's "Order History" (see page 125).
To print the transaction receipt:
1. In the "Action Items" area on the host response page, click on a Print Receipt - #x#
(or Receipt - #x#) button.
2. When the print dialog box opens, select the printer from which you want to print
the transaction receipt.
3. Click on the Print button.
4. The operation is complete. (To print another receipt, repeat steps 1-3.)
5. If the receipt includes any of these cardholder validation method (CVM)
statements, take the appropriate action depending on the context:
CVM statement
Action required
"SIGNATURE
Cardholder will pay issuer above amount
pursuant to Cardholder Agreement"
Cardholder signature is required.
"NO SIGNATURE TRANSACTION"
No cardholder signature is required.
"VERIFIED BY PIN"
No cardholder signature is required.
To e-mail the transaction receipt:
1. In the "Action Items" area on the host response page, click on the Send Email
Receipt (or Email Receipt) button.
2. When the e-mail window opens, do the following:
a. In the Email Address field, enter the e-mail address to which you want to send
the transaction receipt.
b. Click on the Send Receipt & Close button.
3. The operation is complete. (To send another receipt, repeat steps 1-2.)
121
6 Order history
The Merchant Resource Center assigns an "Order History" page to every financial
transaction for which the host response is "APPROVED" or "DECLINED".
This "Order History" page displays detailed information (e.g., amount, date, time, etc.)
about the transaction, including information about any follow-on transaction or
associated transaction that has been performed subsequently (see Areas on the "Order
History" page below).
To access a transaction's "Order History" page, see page 125.
6.1 Areas on the "Order History" page
The "Order History" page may be divided into several areas depending on the transaction
and payment type:
Transaction type details (see page 122).
Tip information details (see page 123).
eFraud details (see page 123).
Action items details (see page 124).
6 Order History
122 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
6.1.1 Transaction type details: "Order History" page
The "Transaction type" area on a transaction's "Order History" page displays details
about the transaction (refer to the table below for descriptions about data in specific
fields).
To access a transaction's "Order History" page, see page 125.
Field
Description
Amount
Transaction amount including any tip.
Approval Code
Authorization code.
Card Number
Card account number.
Card Type
Card brand (or "Cash").
Clerk
Username of the user who performed the transaction.
Crypt Type
Electronic commerce indicator.
Customer Code
User-entered value. Optional.
Customer ID
User-entered value. Optional.
Date/Time
Date/time of the transaction (Month DD YYYY HH:MM) .
Expiry Date
Card expiry date (MMYY).
Foreign Currency Amount
The non-CAD amount for which the transaction was processed.
Invoice Number
User-entered value. Optional.
Message
Host response (e.g., "APPROVED" or "DECLINED").
Order ID
Unique Merchant Resource Center transaction identifier.
Response
Transaction response code.
Sequence Number
Moneris host identifier (e.g., If "610123450010690030" is the
number, then "61012345" is the ID of the iPP320 PIN Pad used to
capture the card data. If the number starts with "66", it means
the card data were captured via keyed entry on the Merchant
Resource Center.
Transaction Type
Transaction type (e.g., Purchase, Refund, Void, etc.).
Wallet Type
Cloud wallet (see page 224) or Vault (see page 184) transaction
identifier.
6 Order history
123
6.1.2 Tip information details: "Order History" page
The "Tip Information" area on a transaction's "Order History" page displays tip details
about the transaction (refer to the table below for descriptions about data in specific
fields).
To access a transaction's "Order History" page, see page 125.
Field
Description
Pre-Tip Amount
Transaction amount excluding the tip.
Tip Amount
Tip amount.
6.1.3 eFraud details: "Order History" page
The "eFraud details" area on a transaction's "Order History" page displays validation
responses to any anti-fraud data submitted in the transaction (refer to the table below
for descriptions about data in specific fields).
To access a transaction's "Order History" page, see page 125.
Field
Description
AVS Result
Indicates address verification service (AVS) validation result if verification is
performed at the time the transaction is processed. The result indicates
whether the street number, street name, or zip code data match the data that
the issuer has on file (see page 273).
CVD Result
Indicates card verification digits(CVD) validation result if verification is
performed at the time the transaction is processed. This result indicates
whether the 3 or 4-digit CVD code (usually printed on the back of the card on
the signature line) matches the code that the issuer has on file.
CVV Result
(Verified by Visa) - Indicates the issuer's response regarding whether the CAVV
value that you provide is fully authenticated and valid. The CAVV value may
be indicative of the data (e.g., a password) entered by the cardholder during
an e-commerce transaction. The authentication data are sent to the card
issuer independent of the Merchant Resource Center.
6 Order History
124 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
6.1.4 Action items: "Order History" page
Buttons displaying in the "Action Items" area of a transaction's "Order History" page
indicate potential follow-on transactions and/or access to other transaction details.
To initiate a follow-on transaction or access other transaction details (e.g.,
Refund, Reauth, or Void), click on the appropriate button (refer to the table below
for descriptions about activities that are initiated when you click on a button).
To access a transaction's "Order History" page, see page 125.
Button
Description
Add Loyalty
Award loyalty points for a preceding gift/loyalty or cash transaction.
Associated
Display the "Order History" page listing a gift/loyalty transaction and
one or more other transactions (e.g., debit/credit, gift/loyalty, or cash).
Capture
Initiate a debit/credit or loyalty Capture transaction.
Email Receipt
E-mail a transaction receipt.
Level 2/3 Details
Display level 2/3 transaction details (tax and product data) if they
were submitted in the transaction.
Loyalty
Award, allocate, or remove loyalty points depending on the preceding
(associated) debit/credit transaction.
Print Receipt - #x#
Print a transaction receipt.
Reauth
Initiate a debit/credit Reauthorization transaction.
Receipt - #x#
Print a transaction receipt.
Refund
Initiate a debit/credit Refund or gift Refund transaction.
Send Email Receipt
E-mail a transaction receipt.
Void
Initiate a Void transaction (debit/credit or gift/loyalty).
6 Order history
125
6.2 Accessing a transaction's "Order History" page
Follow the steps below to access a transaction's "Order History" page.
Note: For more information about the "Order History" page, see page 121.
1. Retrieve the transaction by generating the appropriate report (see page 200).
2. When the desired transaction is listed in the "Transactions List" area, click on the
transaction's Order ID hyperlink.
3. When the transaction's "Order History" page displays, the operation is complete.
4. If you want to print/e-mail a transaction receipt, do the following:
To print a transaction receipt:
a. In the "Action Items" area, click on a Print Receipt - #x# button.
b. When the print dialog box opens, select the printer from which you want to
print the transaction receipt.
c. Click on the Print button.
d. The operation is complete. (To print another receipt, repeat steps a-c.)
To e-mail the transaction receipt:
a. In the "Action Items" area, click on the Send Email Receipt button.
b. Wait for the e-mail window to open.
c. In the Email Address field, enter the e-mail address to which you want to send
the transaction receipt.
d. Click on the Send Receipt & Close button.
e. The operation is complete. (To send another receipt, repeat steps a-d.)
126
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
The Moneris Gift/Loyalty program allows you to offer your customers card-based
programs that are processed through the Merchant Resource Center.
Gift card program
The gift card program allows you to offer your customers stored-value gift cards for pre-
defined dollar values as well as variable-value cards and rechargeable cards. This
program is available for small businesses and can be customized for national chains.
For full listing of gift card transactions that you can initiate directly from the
Merchant Resource Center menu bar (see page 7), refer to the table below.
Transaction type
See procedure on:
Purchase
page 128
Void
page 131
Refund
page 132
Independent Refund
page 133
Coupon/Voucher Redemption
page 156
Activate card
page 159
Deactivate card
page 162
Balance Inquiry
page 165
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
127
Loyalty card program
Loyalty card program: allows you to reward customer loyalty by awarding points based
on the dollar value of the purchases a cardholder makes. This program is available for
small businesses and can be customized for national chains.
For full listing of loyalty card transactions that you can process from the
Merchant Resource Center, refer to the table below:
Transaction type
See procedure on:
Purchase
page 136
Preauthorization
page 142
Capture
page 143
Redemption (dollars)
page 144
Redemption (points)
page 147
Void
page 150
Refund
page 153
Coupon/Voucher Redemption
page 156
Activate card
page 159
Deactivate card
page 162
Balance Inquiry
page 165
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
128 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
7.1 Purchase with gift card
Gift card sale of goods and services.
For a listing of supported card entry methods, including the associated
procedures describing how to use them to perform this transaction, refer to the
table below:
Card entry method
See procedure on:
unencrypted MSR
page 129
keyed entry
page 130
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
129
7.1.1 Purchase with gift card: unencrypted MSR
Follow the steps below to perform a Purchase with a gift card by using an unencrypted
magnetic stripe reader to capture the card data.
1. On the menu bar, click on Gift/Loyalty > Purchase.
2. Wait for the "Purchase" page to display.
3. From the "Transaction Type" drop-down list, select
Dollar Value Purchase/Redemption.
4. In the Total Amount field, enter the Purchase amount (#.##).
5. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
6. Click on the Next button.
7. In the "Payment Method" area, select Gift Card - MSR from the drop-down list.
8. In the "Gift Card Payment - Step 1" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
b. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
c. Do one of the following:
To view the available funds/status of the gift card, see page 168.
To proceed with the gift Purchase, go to step d.
d. Click on the Swipe Gift Card button.
9. When "Please swipe gift card now" displays on the "Purchase" page, swipe the gift
card on the unencrypted magnetic stripe reader.
10. When the CVC field displays, enter the card validation code.
If any other data field displays, enter the required data (consult your
manager if you are unsure about what to enter).
11. When the "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Purchase" page,
the transaction is complete:
If a "Balance Due: $#.##" is indicated, see page 174.
If a "Balance Due: $0.00" (zero dollars) is indicated, do one of the following:
If Moneris Loyalty is enabled and you want to award loyalty points, see
page 141.
If Moneris Loyalty is not enabled or it is but you want to bypass awarding
points, print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
130 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
7.1.2 Purchase with gift card: keyed entry
Follow the steps below to perform a Purchase with a gift card by manually entering
(keying) the card data in the Merchant Resource Center fields.
1. On the menu bar, click on Gift/Loyalty > Purchase.
2. Wait for the "Purchase" page to display.
3. From the "Transaction Type" drop-down list, select
Dollar Value Purchase/Redemption.
4. In the Total Amount field, enter the Purchase amount (#.##).
5. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
6. Click on the Next button.
7. In the "Payment Method" area, select Gift Card - Keyed from the drop-down list.
8. In the "Gift Card Payment - Step 1" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
b. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
c. In the Gift Card Number field, enter the gift card number.
d. Do one of the following:
To view the available funds/status of the gift card, see page 168.
To continue with the gift Purchase, go to step 9.
9. Click on the Next button.
10. When the CVC field displays, enter the card validation code.
If any other data field displays, enter the required data (consult your
manager if you are unsure about what to enter).
11. Click on the Process button.
12. When the "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Purchase" page,
the transaction is complete:
If a "Balance Due: $#.##" is indicated, see page 174.
If a "Balance Due: $0.00" (zero dollars) is indicated, do one of the following:
If Moneris Loyalty is enabled and you want to award loyalty points, see
page 141.
If Moneris Loyalty is not enabled or it is but you want to bypass awarding
points, print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
131
7.2 Void with gift card
Follow the steps below to reverse (void) an open-batch gift card Purchase that is
referenced on the Merchant Resource Center (restores gift dollars to the card).
1. On the menu bar, click on Gift/Loyalty > Void.
2. Wait for the "Void" page to display.
3. In the Order ID field, enter the Order ID of the original transaction that you want
to reverse.
Note: If you only have a partial Order ID, mark the begins with or the ends with
radio button.
4. Click on the Locate Transaction button.
5. Wait for the "Void" page to display.
6. In the "Transaction List" area, click on the Void button beside the transaction that
you want to reverse.
7. When the "Transaction Details" area displays, click on the Process button.
8. When the "APPROVED" response displays, the transaction is complete.
9. Print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
Note: If you awarded loyalty points for the original gift Purchase that you have
just voided, do a loyalty Void now to remove the awarded points (see page
151).
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
132 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
7.3 Refund with gift card
Follow the steps below to reverse a closed-batch gift card transaction that is referenced
on the Merchant Resource Center (restores gift dollars to the card).
1. On the menu bar, click on Gift/Loyalty > Refund.
2. Wait for the "Refund" page to display.
3. In the Order ID field, enter the Order ID of the original transaction that you want
to reverse.
Note: If you only have a partial Order ID, mark the begins with or the ends with
radio button.
4. Click on the Locate Transaction button.
5. Wait for the "Refund" page to display.
6. In the "Transaction List" area, click on the Refund button beside the transaction
that you want to reverse.
7. In the "Transaction Details" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In the CVC field, enter the card validation code.
If any other data field displays, enter the required data (consult your
manager if you are unsure about what to enter).
8. Click on the Process button.
9. When the "APPROVED" response displays, the transaction is complete.
10. Print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
Note: If you awarded loyalty points on the original gift Purchase that you have
just refunded, do a loyalty Refund now to remove the awarded points (see
page 155).
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
133
7.4 Independent Refund with gift card
Reverse (refund) a gift card transaction that is unreferenced on the Merchant Resource
Center.
For a listing of supported card entry methods, including the associated
procedures describing how to use them to perform this transaction, refer to the
table below:
Card entry method
See procedure on:
unencrypted MSR
page 134
keyed entry
page 135
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
134 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
7.4.1 Independent Refund with gift card: unencrypted MSR
Follow the steps below to reverse (refund) a gift card transaction that is unreferenced on
the Merchant Resource Center. You will use an unencrypted magnetic stripe reader to
capture the card data.
1. On the menu bar, click on Gift/Loyalty > Independent Refund.
2. Wait for the "Independent Refund" page to display.
3. In the "Read Card" area, select Mag Swipe Reader from the drop-down list.
4. In the "Independent Refund Details - Step 1" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In the Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
b. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
5. Click on the Swipe Card button.
6. When "Please swipe card now" displays on the "Independent Refund" page, swipe
the card on the unencrypted magnetic stripe reader.
7. When the "Payment Details - Step 2" area displays, do the following:
a. In the CVC field, enter the card validation code.
b. In the Reference Number field, enter the reference number of the original gift
Purchase transaction that you want to reverse.
c. In the Refund Amount field, enter the amount (#.##) of the original
transaction that you want to reverse.
If any other data field displays, enter the required data (consult your
manager if you are unsure about what to enter).
8. Click on the Process button.
9. When the "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response displays, the transaction is
complete.
10. Print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
135
7.4.2 Independent Refund with gift card: keyed entry
Follow the steps below to reverse (refund) a gift card transaction that is not referenced
on the Merchant Resource Center. You will manually enter (key) the card data in the
Merchant Resource Center fields.
1. On the menu bar, click on Gift/Loyalty > Independent Refund.
2. Wait for the "Independent Refund" page to display.
3. In the "Read Card" area, select Keyed Entry from the drop-down list.
4. In the "Independent Refund Details - Step 1" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In the Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
b. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
c. In the Card Number field, enter the gift card number.
d. Click on the Next button.
5. When the "Payment Details - Step 2" area displays, do the following:
a. In the CVC field, enter the card validation code.
b. In the Reference Number field, enter the reference number of the original gift
Purchase transaction that you want to reverse.
c. In the Refund Amount field, enter the amount (#.##) of the original
transaction that you want to reverse.
If any other data field displays, enter the required data (consult your
manager if you are unsure about what to enter).
d. Click on the Process button.
6. When the "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response displays, the transaction is
complete.
7. Print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
136 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
7.5 Loyalty Purchase: awarding loyalty points
You award loyalty points by performing a loyalty Purchase as a follow-on transaction to
an associated debit/credit, gift, or cash Purchase or equivalent transaction.
For a full listing of loyalty Purchase types and associated procedures, refer to the
table below.
Loyalty Purchase as follow-on to:
See procedure on:
debit/credit Purchase
page 137
debit/credit Purchase -
used for gift/loyalty card activation
page 138
debit/credit Voice-Authorization
Advice
page 139
cash Purchase
page 140
gift Purchase
page 141
debit/credit Preauthorization
page 142
Capture
page 143
Redemption (dollars)
page 144
Redemption (points)
page 147
Void
page 150
Refund
page 153
Coupon/Voucher Redemption
page 156
Activate card
page 159
Deactivate card
page 162
Balance Inquiry
page 165
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
137
7.5.1 Loyalty Purchase: awarding loyalty points for associated
debit/credit Purchase
When the "APPROVED" response displays on the "Purchase" page of a debit/credit
Purchase that you have just processed (see page 50), follow the steps below to do a
loyalty Purchase and award loyalty points.
1. In the "Action Items" area, click on the Loyalty button.
2. Wait for the loyalty "Purchase" page to display.
3. In the "Read Loyalty Card" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
b. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
4. Capture the loyalty card data:
To swipe the loyalty card on an unencrypted magnetic stripe reader:
a. From the drop-down list, select Mag Swipe Reader.
b. Click on the Swipe Card button.
c. When "Please swipe loyalty card now" displays on the "Purchase" page, swipe
the loyalty card on the unencrypted magnetic stripe reader.
To manually enter the loyalty card:
a. From the drop-down list, select Keyed Entry.
b. In the Loyalty Card Number field, enter the loyalty card number.
c. Click on the Next button.
If one or more amount fields display (e.g., Benefit Amount and/or Pre-Tax
Amount), enter the appropriate amount (#.##) for which points should be
awarded. Consult your manager if you are unsure about what to enter.
If any other data field displays (e.g., Bonus Code), enter the required data
(e.g., you may be required to award bonus points). Consult your manager
if you are unsure about what to enter.
5. Click on the Process button.
6. When the "APPROVED" response displays (in the "Loyalty Response" area on the
"Purchase" page), the transaction is complete.
7. Print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
138 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
7.5.2 Loyalty Purchase: awarding loyalty points for associated
debit/credit Purchase (gift/loyalty card Activation)
When the "APPROVED" response displays (in the "Payment Response" area) on the
"Activate" page (see page 159), follow the steps below to do a loyalty Purchase and award
loyalty points for the debit/credit Purchase that you processed to completed the gift card
activation.
1. In the "Action Items" area, click on the Loyalty button.
2. Wait for the loyalty "Purchase" page to display.
3. In the "Read Loyalty Card" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
b. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
4. Capture the loyalty card data:
To swipe the loyalty card on an unencrypted magnetic stripe reader:
a. From the drop-down list, select Mag Swipe Reader.
b. Click on the Swipe Card button.
c. When "Please swipe loyalty card now" displays on the "Purchase" page, swipe
the loyalty card on the unencrypted magnetic stripe reader.
To manually enter the loyalty card:
a. From the drop-down list, select Keyed Entry .
b. In the Loyalty Card Number field, enter the loyalty card number.
c. Click on the Next button.
If one or more amount fields display (e.g., Benefit Amount and/or Pre-Tax
Amount), enter the appropriate amount (#.##) for which points should be
awarded. Consult your manager if you are unsure about what to enter.
If any other data field displays (e.g., Bonus Code), enter the required data
(e.g., you may be required to award bonus points). Consult your manager
if you are unsure about what to enter.
5. Click on the Process button.
6. When the "APPROVED" response displays (in the "Loyalty Response" area on the
"Purchase" page), the transaction is complete.
7. Print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
139
7.5.3 Loyalty Purchase: awarding loyalty points for associated
debit/credit Voice Authorization-Advice
When the "APPROVED" response displays on the "Voice Authorization/Advice" page of a
debit/credit Voice Authorization-Advice transaction that you have just processed
(see page 78), follow the steps below to do a loyalty Purchase and award loyalty points.
1. In the "Action Items" area, click on the Loyalty button.
2. Wait for the loyalty "Purchase" page to display.
3. In the "Read Loyalty Card" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
b. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
4. Capture the loyalty card data:
To swipe the loyalty card on an unencrypted magnetic stripe reader:
a. From the drop-down list, select Mag Swipe Reader.
b. Click on the Swipe Card button.
c. When "Please swipe loyalty card now" displays on the "Purchase" page, swipe
the loyalty card on the unencrypted magnetic stripe reader.
To manually enter the loyalty card:
a. From the drop-down list, select Keyed Entry.
b. In the Loyalty Card Number field, enter the loyalty card number.
c. Click on the Next button.
If one or more amount fields display (e.g., Benefit Amount and/or Pre-Tax
Amount), enter the appropriate amount (#.##) for which points should be
awarded. Consult your manager if you are unsure about what to enter.
If any other data field displays (e.g., Bonus Code), enter the required data
(e.g., you may be required to award bonus points). Consult your manager
if you are unsure about what to enter.
5. Click on the Process button.
6. When the "APPROVED" response displays (see the "Loyalty Response" area on the
"Purchase" page), the transaction is complete.
7. Print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
140 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
7.5.4 Loyalty Purchase: awarding loyalty points for associated
cash Purchase
When the "APPROVED" response displays on the "Purchase" page of a cash Purchase
transaction that you have just processed (see page 59), follow the steps below to do a
loyalty Purchase and award loyalty points.
1. In the "Action Items" area, click on the Loyalty button.
2. Wait for the loyalty "Purchase" page to display.
3. In the "Read Loyalty Card" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
b. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
4. Capture the loyalty card data:
To swipe the loyalty card on an unencrypted magnetic stripe reader:
a. From the drop-down list, select Mag Swipe Reader.
b. Click on the Swipe Card button.
c. When "Please swipe loyalty card now" displays on the "Purchase" page, swipe
the loyalty card on the unencrypted magnetic stripe reader.
To manually enter the loyalty card:
a. From the drop-down list, select Keyed Entry.
b. In the Loyalty Card Number field, enter the loyalty card number.
c. Click on the Next button.
If one or more amount fields display (e.g., Benefit Amount and/or Pre-Tax
Amount), enter the appropriate amount (#.##) for which points should be
awarded. Consult your manager if you are unsure about what to enter.
If any other data field displays (e.g., Bonus Code), enter the required data
(e.g., you may be required to award bonus points). Consult your manager
if you are unsure about what to enter.
5. Click on the Process button.
6. When the "APPROVED" response displays (refer to the "Loyalty Response" area on
the "Purchase" page), the transaction is complete.
7. Print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
141
7.5.5 Loyalty Purchase: awarding loyalty points for associated
gift Purchase
When the "APPROVED" response displays on the "Purchase" page of a gift Purchase
transaction that you have just processed, follow the steps below to do a loyalty Purchase
and award loyalty points.
1. In the "Action Items" area, click on the Add Loyalty button.
2. Wait for the loyalty "Purchase" page to display.
3. In the "Read Loyalty Card" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
b. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
4. Capture the loyalty card data:
To swipe the loyalty card on an unencrypted magnetic stripe reader:
a. From the drop-down list, select Mag Swipe Reader.
b. Click on the Swipe Card button.
c. When "Please swipe loyalty card now" displays on the "Purchase" page, swipe
the loyalty card on the unencrypted magnetic stripe reader.
To manually enter the loyalty card:
a. From the drop-down list, select Keyed Entry.
b. In the Loyalty Card Number field, enter the loyalty card number.
c. Click on the Next button.
If one or more amount fields display (e.g., Benefit Amount and/or Pre-Tax
Amount), enter the appropriate amount (#.##) for which points should be
awarded. Consult your manager if you are unsure about what to enter.
If any other data field displays (e.g., Bonus Code), enter the required data
(e.g., you may be required to award bonus points). Consult your manager
if you are unsure about what to enter.
5. Click on the Process button.
6. When the "APPROVED" response displays (refer to the "Loyalty Response" area on
the "Purchase" page), the transaction is complete.
7. Print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
142 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
7.5.6 Loyalty Preauthorization: allocating points for associated
debit/credit Preauthorization
When the "APPROVED" response displays on the "Preauth" page of a debit/credit
Preauthorization transaction that you have just processed (see page 61), follow the steps
below to do a loyalty Preauthorization and allocate loyalty points.
1. In the "Action Items" area, click on the Loyalty button.
2. Wait for the loyalty "Preauth" page to display.
3. In the "Read Loyalty Card" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
b. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
4. Capture the loyalty card data:
To swipe the loyalty card on an unencrypted magnetic stripe reader:
a. From the drop-down list, select Mag Swipe Reader.
b. Click on the Swipe Card button.
c. When "Please swipe loyalty card now" displays on the "Preauth" page, swipe
the loyalty card on the unencrypted magnetic stripe reader.
To manually enter the loyalty card:
a. From the drop-down list, select Keyed Entry.
b. In the Loyalty Card Number field, enter the loyalty card number.
c. Click on the Next button.
If one or more amount fields display (e.g., Benefit Amount and/or Pre-Tax
Amount), enter the appropriate amount (#.##) for which points should be
allocated. Consult your manager if you are unsure about what to enter.
If any other data field displays (e.g., Bonus Code), enter the required data
(e.g., you may be required to allocate bonus points). Consult your
manager if you are unsure about what to enter.
5. Click on the Process button.
6. When the "APPROVED" response displays (refer to the "Loyalty Response" area on
the "Preauth" page), the transaction is complete.
7. Print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
Important! To award the allocated loyalty points, you must capture the debit
credit Preauthorization and then capture the loyalty Preauthorization (see page 74).
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
143
7.5.7 Loyalty Capture: awarding loyalty points for associated
debit/credit Capture
When the "APPROVED" response displays on the "Capture" page of a debit/credit Capture
that you have just processed (see page 74), follow the steps below to award the loyalty
points that were allocated for the original debit/credit Preauthorization.
1. In the "Action Items" area, click on the Loyalty button.
2. Wait for the loyalty "Capture" page to display.
If one or more amount fields display (e.g., Benefit Amount and/or Pre-Tax
Amount), enter the appropriate amount (#.##) for which points should be
awarded. Consult your manager if you are unsure about what to enter.
If any other data field displays (e.g., Bonus Code), enter the required data (e.g.,
you may be required to award bonus points). Consult your manager if you are
unsure about what to enter.
3. Click on the Process button.
4. When the "APPROVED" response displays (refer to the "Loyalty Response" area on
the "Capture" page), the transaction is complete.
5. Print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
144 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
7.6 Manual Redemption (dollars) with loyalty card
Redeem dollars from a loyalty card.
For a listing of supported card entry methods, including the associated
procedures describing how to use them to perform this transaction, refer to the
table below:
Card entry method
See procedure on:
unencrypted MSR
page 145
keyed entry
page 146
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
145
7.6.1 Manual Redemption (dollars) with loyalty card:
unencrypted MSR
Follow the steps below to redeem dollars from a loyalty card by using an unencrypted
magnetic stripe reader to capture the card data.
1. On the menu bar, click on Gift/Loyalty > Purchase.
2. Wait for the "Purchase" page to display.
3. In the "Transaction Details" area, do the following:
a. From the drop-down list, select Dollar Value Purchase/Redemption.
b. In the Total Amount field, enter the number of dollars that you want to
redeem from the loyalty card.
c. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
4. Click on the Next button.
5. In the "Payment Method" area, select Loyalty Card - MSR from the drop-down list.
6. In the "Loyalty Card Redemption - Step 1" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
b. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
c. Do one of the following:
To view the available funds/status of the loyalty card, see page 169.
To proceed with the Redemption, go to step d.
d. Click on the Swipe Loyalty Card button.
7. When "Please swipe loyalty card now" displays on the "Purchase" page, swipe the
loyalty card on the unencrypted magnetic stripe reader.
If the "Payment Details - Step 2" -area fields display (e.g., Bonus Code), enter
the required data (if you are unsure about what to enter, consult your
manager), and click on the Process button.
8. Wait for the "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response to display on the "Purchase"
page:
If a "Balance Due $#.##" response is indicated, see page 174.
If a "Balance Due $0.00" (zero dollars) response is indicated, the transaction is
compete (go to step 9).
9. Print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
146 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
7.6.2 Manual Redemption (dollars) with loyalty card: keyed
entry
Follow the steps below to redeem dollars from a loyalty card by manually entering
(keying) the card data in the Merchant Resource Center fields.
1. On the menu bar, click on Gift/Loyalty > Purchase.
2. Wait for the "Purchase" page to display.
3. In the "Transaction Details" area, do the following:
a. From the drop-down list, select Dollar Value Purchase/Redemption.
b. In the Total Amount field, enter the number of dollars that you want to
redeem from the loyalty card.
c. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
4. Click on the Next button.
5. In the "Payment Method" area, select Loyalty Card - Keyed from the drop-down
list.
6. In the "Loyalty Card Redemption - Step 1" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
b. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
c. Do one of the following:
To view the available funds/status of the loyalty card, see page 169.
To proceed with the Redemption, go to step d.
d. In the Loyalty Card Number field, enter the loyalty card number.
7. Click on the Next button.
If the "Payment Details - Step 2" -area fields display (e.g., Bonus Code), enter
the required data (if you are unsure about what to enter, consult your
manager), and click on the Process button.
8. Wait for the "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response to display on the "Purchase"
page:
If a "Balance Due $#.##" response is indicated, see page 174.
If a "Balance Due $0.00" (zero dollars) response is indicated, the transaction is
compete (go to step 9).
9. Print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
147
7.7 Manual Redemption (points) with loyalty card
Redeem points from a loyalty card.
For a listing of supported card entry methods, including the associated
procedures describing how to use them to perform this transaction, refer to the
table below:
Card entry method
See procedure on:
unencrypted MSR
page 148
keyed entry
page 149
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
148 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
7.7.1 Manual Redemption (points) with loyalty card:
unencrypted MSR
Follow the steps below to redeem points from a loyalty card by using an unencrypted
magnetic stripe reader to capture the card data.
1. On the menu bar, click on Gift/Loyalty > Purchase.
2. Wait for the "Purchase" page to display.
3. In the "Transaction Details" area, do the following:
a. From the drop-down list, select Points Value Purchase/Redemption.
b. In the Points to Redeem field, enter the number of points that you want to
redeem from the loyalty card.
c. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
4. Click on the Next button.
5. In the "Payment Method" area, select Loyalty Card - MSR from the drop-down list.
6. In the "Loyalty Card Redemption - Step 1" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
b. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
c. Do one of the following:
To view the available funds/status of the loyalty card, see page 169.
To proceed with the Redemption, go to step d.
d. Click on the Swipe Loyalty Card button.
7. When "Please swipe loyalty card now" displays on the "Purchase" page, swipe the
loyalty card on the unencrypted magnetic stripe reader.
If the "Payment Details - Step 2" -area fields display (e.g., Bonus Code), enter
the required data (if you are unsure about what to enter, consult your
manager), and click on the Process button.
8. When the "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Purchase" page,
the transaction is complete, but note:
If a "Balance Due #### pts" response is indicated, see page 175.
If a "Balance Due 0 pts" (zero points) response is indicated, the transaction is
complete (go to step 9).
9. Print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
149
7.7.2 Manual Redemption (points) with loyalty card: keyed entry
Follow the steps below to redeem points from a loyalty card by manually entering
(keying) the card data in the Merchant Resource Center fields.
1. On the menu bar, click on Gift/Loyalty > Purchase.
2. Wait for the "Purchase" page to display.
3. In the "Transaction Details" area, do the following:
a. From the drop-down list, select Points Value Purchase/Redemption.
b. In the Points to Redeem field, enter the number of points that you want to
redeem from the loyalty card.
c. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
4. Click on the Next button.
5. In the "Payment Method" area, select Loyalty Card - Keyed from the drop-down
list.
6. In the "Loyalty Card Redemption - Step 1" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
b. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
c. Do one of the following:
To view the available funds/status of the loyalty card, see page 169.
To proceed with the Redemption, go to step d.
d. In the Loyalty Card Number field, enter the loyalty card number.
7. Click on the Next button.
If the "Payment Details - Step 2" -area fields display (e.g., Bonus Code), enter
the required data (if you are unsure about what to enter, consult your
manager), and click on the Process button.
8. Wait for the "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response to display on the "Purchase"
page:
If a "Balance Due #### pts" response is indicated, see page 175.
If a "Balance Due 0 pts" (zero points) response is indicated, the transaction is
complete (go to step 9).
9. Print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
150 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
7.8 Loyalty Void
To reverse a loyalty transaction that originally awarded points for an associated
transaction that has since been voided, do the following:
To reverse a loyalty transaction for an associated debit/credit Void, see page 151.
To reverse a loyalty transaction for an associated gift Void, see page 151.
To reverse a loyalty transaction for an associated loyalty Redemption, see
page 152.
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
151
7.8.1 Loyalty Void: removing loyalty points for associated
debit/credit Void
When the "APPROVED" response displays on the "Void" page of a debit/credit transaction
that you have just processed, follow the steps below to do a loyalty Void and remove the
loyalty points awarded for the original Purchase, Capture, or Voice Authorization-Advice
transaction.
1. In the "Action Items" area, click on the Loyalty button.
2. When the "APPROVED" response displays (see the "Loyalty Response" area on the
"Void" page), the transaction is complete.
3. Print/e-mail the transaction receipts now (see page 120).
7.8.2 Loyalty Void: reversing an associated gift card Purchase
Follow the steps below to do a loyalty Void and remove the loyalty points awarded for
the original gift card Purchase (see page 128).
1. On the menu bar, click on Gift/Loyalty > Void.
2. Wait for the "Void" page to display.
3. In the Order ID field, enter the Order ID of the original loyalty Purchase
transaction that you want to reverse.
Note: If you only have a partial Order ID, mark the begins with or the ends with
radio button.
4. Click on the Locate Transaction button.
5. Wait for the "Void" page to display.
6. In the "Transaction List" area, click on the Void button beside the transaction that
you want to reverse.
7. When the "Transaction Details" area displays, click on the Process button.
8. When the "Approved" or "Declined" response displays on the "Void" page, the
transaction is complete.
9. Print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
152 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
7.8.3 Loyalty Void: reversing a loyalty Redemption
Follow the steps below to reverse (void) an open-batch loyalty card Redemption for
dollars (see page 144) or reverse an open-batch loyalty card Redemption for points (see
page 147) for the full amount of the original transaction (restores loyalty points/dollars
to the card).
1. On the menu bar, click on Gift/Loyalty > Void.
2. Wait for the "Void" page to display.
3. In the Order ID field, enter the Order ID of the original Redemption transaction
that you want to reverse.
Note: If you only have a partial Order ID, mark the begins with or the ends with
radio button.
4. Click on the Locate Transaction button.
5. Wait for the "Void" page to display.
6. In the "Transaction List" area, click on the Void button beside the transaction that
you want to reverse.
7. When the "Transaction Details" area displays, click on the Process button.
8. When the "Approved" or "Declined" response displays on the "Void" page, the
transaction is complete.
9. Print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
153
7.9 Loyalty Refund
To reverse a loyalty transaction that originally awarded points for an associated
Purchase that has since been refunded, do the following:
To reverse a loyalty transaction for an associated debit/credit Refund, see
page 154.
To reverse a loyalty transaction for an associated cash Refund, see page 154.
To reverse a loyalty transaction for an associated gift Refund, see page 155.
To reverse a loyalty transaction for an associated loyalty Redemption, see
page 155.
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
154 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
7.9.1 Loyalty Refund: removing loyalty points for associated
debit/credit Refund
When the "APPROVED" response displays on the "Refund" page of a debit/credit
transaction that you just processed, follow the steps below to do a loyalty Refund and
remove the loyalty points that were awarded for the original debit/credit Purchase,
Capture, or Voice Authorization-Advice transaction.
Note: Some loyalty card programs do not allow loyalty Refunds.
1. In the "Action Items" area, click on the Loyalty button.
2. When the "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response displays (see the "Loyalty
Response" area on the "Refund" page), the transaction is complete.
3. Print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
7.9.2 Loyalty Refund: removing loyalty points for associated cash
Refund
When the "APPROVED" response displays on the "Refund" page of a cash transaction that
you just processed, follow the steps below to do a loyalty Refund and remove the loyalty
points that were awarded for the original cash Purchase.
Note: Some loyalty card programs do not allow loyalty Refunds.
1. In the "Action Items" area, click on the Loyalty button.
2. When the "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response displays (see the "Loyalty
Response" area on the "Refund" page), the transaction is complete.
3. Print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
155
7.9.3 Loyalty Refund: removing loyalty points for associated gift
Refund
Follow the steps below to do a loyalty Refund and remove points that were awarded for a
gift card transaction (for which points were awarded) that you have since refunded (see
page 132).
1. On the menu bar, click on Gift/Loyalty > Refund.
2. Wait for the "Refund" page to display.
3. In the Order ID field, enter the Order ID of the original loyalty Purchase that you
want to reverse.
Note: If you only have a partial Order ID, mark the begins with or the ends with
radio button.
4. Click on the Locate Transaction button.
5. Wait for the "Refund" page to display.
6. In the "Transaction List" area, click on the Refund button beside the transaction
that you want to reverse.
7. When the "Transaction Details" area displays, click on the Process button.
8. When the "Approved" or "Declined" response displays on the "Refund" page, the
transaction is complete.
9. Print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
7.9.4 Loyalty Refund: reversing a loyalty Redemption
A loyalty Redemption transaction in a closed batch cannot be reversed (refunded) from
the Merchant Resource Center.
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
156 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
7.10 Redeeming coupon/voucher with gift/loyalty card
Redeem a coupon/voucher.
For a listing of supported card entry methods, including the associated
procedures describing how to use them to perform this transaction, refer to the
table below:
Card entry method
See procedure on:
unencrypted MSR
page 157
keyed entry
page 158
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
157
7.10.1 Redeeming coupon/voucher with gift/loyalty card: MSR
Follow the steps below to redeem a coupon/voucher by using an unencrypted magnetic
stripe reader to capture the card data.
Note: No dollars or points will be used from the card as a result of this transaction (i.e., it
will result in a zero-dollar Purchase/Redemption).
1. On the menu bar, click on Gift/Loyalty > Redeem.
2. Wait for the "Redeem - Coupon / Voucher" page to display.
3. In the "Read Card" area, select Mag Swipe Reader from the drop-down list.
4. In the "Redeem Details - Step 1" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
b. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
c. Click on the Swipe Gift Card button.
d. When "Please swipe card now" displays on the "Redeem - Coupon / Voucher"
page, swipe the gift/loyalty card on the unencrypted magnetic stripe reader.
5. In the "Payment Details - Step 2" area, do the following:
a. In the Reference Number field, enter the "REF NUM" from the gift/loyalty
coupon/voucher receipt.
If the CVC field displays, enter the card validation code.
If any other data field displays, enter the required data (if you are unsure
about what to enter, consult your manager).
b. Click on the Process button.
6. When the "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response displays on the
"Redeem - Coupon/Voucher" page, the transaction is complete.
7. Print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
158 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
7.10.2 Redeeming coupon/voucher with gift/loyalty card: keyed
entry
Follow the steps below to redeem a coupon/voucher by manually entering (keying) the
gift/loyalty card data in the Merchant Resource Center fields.
Note: No dollars or points will be used from the card as a result of this transaction (i.e., it
will result in a zero-dollar Purchase/Redemption).
1. On the menu bar, click on Gift/Loyalty > Redeem.
2. Wait for the "Redeem - Coupon / Voucher" page to display.
3. In the "Read Card" area, select Keyed from the drop-down list.
4. In the "Redeem Details - Step 1" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
b. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
c. In the Gift Card Number field, enter the gift/loyalty card number.
d. Click on the Next button.
5. In the "Payment Details - Step 2" area, do the following:
a. In the Reference Number field, enter the "REF NUM" from the gift/loyalty
coupon/voucher receipt.
If the CVC field displays, enter the card validation code.
If any other data field displays, enter the required data (if you are unsure
about what to enter, consult your manager).
b. Click on the Process button.
6. When the "APPROVED" or "DECLINED" response displays on the
"Redeem-Coupon/Voucher" page, the transaction is complete.
7. Print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
159
7.11 Activating and loading a gift/loyalty card
Activate and load a gift/loyalty card.
For a listing of supported card entry methods, including the associated
procedures describing how to use them to perform this transaction, refer to the
table below:
Card entry method
See procedure on:
unencrypted MSR
page 160
keyed entry
page 161
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
160 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
7.11.1 Activating and loading a gift/loyalty card: MSR
Follow the steps below to activate a gift/loyalty card by using an unencrypted magnetic
stripe reader to capture the card data.
1. On the menu bar, click on Gift/Loyalty > Activate.
2. Wait for the "Activate" page to display.
3. In the "Read Card" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. From the "Card Input Method" drop-down list, select Mag Swipe Reader.
b. In the Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
c. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
d. Click on the Swipe Card button.
e. When "Please swipe card now" displays on the "Activate" page, swipe the
gift/loyalty card on the unencrypted magnetic stripe reader.
4. Do one of the following:
If the ""Activation Details - Step 2" area displays, go to step 5.
If the "APPROVED" response displays, go to step 6.
5. In the "Activation Details - Step 2" area, do the following:
a. If the CVC field displays, enter the card validation code.
b. If the Activation Amount field displays (e.g., variable amount gift cards), enter
the amount that you want to load on the card.
If any other data field displays, enter the required data (if you are unsure
about what to enter, consult your manager).
c. Click on the Process button.
6. When the "APPROVED" response displays on the "Activate" page, click on the
Continue button.
7. Select a payment method (refer to the appropriate procedure in the table below):
Payment method
card entry method
see procedure on:
debit/credit card
iPP320 PIN Pad: USB/serial
page 170
debit/credit card
unencrypted MSR
page 171
debit/credit card
keyed entry
page 172
cash
-
page 173
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
161
7.11.2 Activating and loading a gift/loyalty card: keyed entry
Follow the steps below to activate a gift/loyalty card by using an unencrypted magnetic
stripe reader to capture the card data.
1. On the menu bar, click on Gift/Loyalty > Activate.
2. Wait for the "Activate" page to display.
3. In the "Read Card" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. From the "Card Input Method" drop-down list, select Keyed Entry.
b. In the Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
c. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
d. In the Card Number field, enter the gift/loyalty card number, and click on the
Next button.
4. Do one of the following:
If the "Activation Details - Step 2" area displays, to go step 5.
If the "APPROVED" response displays, go to step 6.
5. In the "Activation Details - Step 2" area, do the following:
a. If the CVC field displays, enter the card validation code.
b. If the Activation Amount field displays (e.g., variable amount gift cards), enter
the amount that you want to load on the card.
If any other data field displays, enter the required data (if you are unsure
about what to enter, consult your manager).
c. Click on the Process button.
6. When the "APPROVED" response displays on the "Activate" page, click on the
Continue button.
7. Select a payment method, (refer to the appropriate procedure in the table below):
Payment method
card entry method
see procedure
on:
debit/credit card
iPP320 PIN Pad: USB/serial
page 170
debit/credit card
unencrypted MSR
page 171
debit/credit card
keyed entry
page 172
cash
-
page 173
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
162 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
7.12 Deactivating a gift/loyalty card
Deactivate a gift/loyalty card.
For a listing of supported card entry methods, including the associated
procedures describing how to use them to perform this transaction, refer to the
table below:
Card entry method
See procedure on:
unencrypted MSR
page 163
keyed entry
page 164
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
163
7.12.1 Deactivating a gift/loyalty card: MSR
Follow the steps below to permanently deactivate a gift/loyalty card by using an
unencrypted magnetic stripe reader to capture the card data.
1. On the menu bar, click on Gift/Loyalty > Deactivate.
2. Wait for the "Deactivate" page to display.
3. In the "Read Card" area, select Mag Swipe Reader from the drop-down list.
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
4. In the "Deactivation Details - Step 1" area, do the following:
a. In the Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
b. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
c. Click on the Swipe Card button.
d. When "Please swipe card now" displays on the "Deactivate" page, swipe the
gift/loyalty card on the unencrypted magnetic stripe reader.
5. Do one of the following:
If the "Payment Details - Step 2" area displays, go to step 6.
If the "APPROVED" response displays, go to step 7.
6. In the "Payment Details - Step 2" area, do the following:
a. If the CVC field displays, enter the card validation code.
If any other data field displays, enter the required data (if you are unsure
about what to enter, consult your manager).
7. When the "APPROVED" response displays on the "Deactivate" page, the
transaction is complete (the card is deactivated).
8. Print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
164 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
7.12.2 Deactivating a gift/loyalty card: keyed entry
Follow the steps below to permanently deactivate a gift/loyalty card by manually
entering (keying) the card data in the Merchant Resource Center fields.
1. On the menu bar, click on Gift/Loyalty > Deactivate.
2. Wait for the "Deactivate" page to display.
3. In the "Read Card" area, select Keyed Entry from the drop-down list.
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
4. In the "Deactivation Details - Step 1" area, do the following:
a. In the Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
b. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
c. In the Card Number field, enter the gift/loyalty card number.
d. Click on the Next button.
5. Do one of the following:
If the "Payment Details - Step 2" area displays, go to step 6.
If the "APPROVED" response displays, go to step 7.
6. In the " Payment Details - Step 2" area, do the following:
a. If the CVC field displays, enter the card validation code.
If any other data field displays, enter the required data (if you are unsure
about what to enter, consult your manager).
b. Click on the Process button.
7. When the "APPROVED" response displays on the "Deactivate" page, the
transaction is complete (the card is deactivated).
8. Print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
165
7.13 Balance Inquiry for gift/loyalty card: initiating from
menu bar
Obtain the points balance and status for a gift/loyalty card.
For a listing of supported card entry methods, including the associated
procedures describing how to use them to perform this transaction, refer to the
table below:
Card entry method
See procedure on:
unencrypted MSR
page 166
keyed entry
page 167
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
166 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
7.13.1 Balance Inquiry for gift/loyalty card: MSR
Follow the steps below to obtain the status and dollar or points balance on a gift/loyalty
card by using an unencrypted magnetic stripe reader to capture the card data.
1. On the menu bar, click on Gift/Loyalty > Balance Inquiry.
2. Wait for the "Balance Inquiry" page to display.
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
3. In the "Read Card" area, do the following:
a. Select Mag Swipe Reader from the drop-down list.
b. Click on the Swipe Card button.
c. When "Please swipe card now" displays on the "Balance Inquiry" page, swipe
the gift/loyalty card on the unencrypted magnetic stripe reader.
4. Do one of the following:
If the "Card Details - Step 2" area displays, go to step 5.
In the "Inquiry Response"-area details display, go to step 6.
5. In the "Card Details - Step 2" area, do the following:
a. In the CVC field, enter the card validation code.
If any other data field displays, enter the required data (if you are unsure
about what to enter, consult your manager).
b. Click on the Next button.
6. When the "Inquiry Response"-area details display on the "Balance Inquiry" page,
the operation is complete.
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
167
7.13.2 Balance Inquiry for gift/loyalty card: keyed entry
Follow the steps below to obtain the status and dollar or points balance on a gift/loyalty
card by manually entering (keying) the card data in the Merchant Resource Center fields.
1. On the menu bar, click on Gift/Loyalty > Balance Inquiry.
2. Wait for the "Balance Inquiry" page to display.
3. In the "Read Card" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. From the drop-down list, select Keyed Entry.
b. In the Card Number field, enter the gift/loyalty card number.
c. Click on the Next button.
4. Do one of the following:
If the "Card Details - Step 2" area displays, go to step 5.
If the "Inquiry Response"-area details display, go to step 6.
5. In the "Card Details - Step 2" area, do the following:
a. In the CVC field, enter the card validation code.
If any other data field displays, enter the required data (if you are unsure
about what to enter, consult your manager).
b. Click on the Next button.
6. When the "Inquiry Response"-area details display on the "Balance Inquiry" page,
the operation is complete.
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
168 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
7.14 Balance Inquiry for gift card: initiating during gift
Purchase
Follow the steps below to perform view the dollar balance and status of a gift card while
you are performing a gift Purchase transaction.
1. In the "Gift Card Payment - Step 1" area on the "Purchase" page, click on the Gift
Card Balance Inquiry button.
2. When the "Balance Inquiry" page displays, capture the gift card data:
To swipe the gift card on an unencrypted magnetic stripe reader:
a. From the "Card Input" drop-down list, select Mag Swipe Reader.
b. Click on the Swipe Card button.
c. When "Please swipe card now" displays on the "Balance Inquiry" page, swipe
the gift card on the unencrypted magnetic stripe reader.
To manually enter the gift card:
a. From the "Card Input" drop-down list, select Keyed Entry.
b. In the Card Number field, enter the gift card number.
c. Click on the Next button.
3. In the "Card Details - Step 2" area, do the following:
a. In the CVC field, enter the card validation code.
If any other data field displays, enter the required data (consult your
manager if you are unsure about what to enter).
b. Click on the Next button.
4. When the "Inquiry Response"-area details display on the "Balance Inquiry" page,
the operation is complete.
5. Click on Close Window at the top of the page, and refer back to the gift Purchase
procedure.
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
169
7.15 Balance Inquiry for loyalty card: initiating during
loyalty Redemption
Follow the steps below to view the points balance and status of a loyalty card while you
are performing a manual loyalty Redemption transaction.
1. In the "Loyalty Card Payment - Step 1" area on the "Purchase" page, click on the
Loyalty Card Balance Inquiry button.
2. When the "Balance Inquiry" page displays, capture the loyalty card data:
To swipe the loyalty card on an unencrypted magnetic stripe reader:
a. From the "Card Input" drop-down list, select Mag Swipe Reader.
b. Click on the Swipe Card button.
c. When "Please swipe card now" displays on the "Balance Inquiry" page, swipe
the loyalty card on the unencrypted magnetic stripe reader.
To manually enter the loyalty card:
a. From the "Card Input" drop-down list, select Keyed Entry.
b. In the Card Number field, enter the loyalty card number.
c. Click on the Next button.
3. Do one of the following:
If the "Card Details - Step 2" area displays, enter the required data in any field
that displays (consult your manager if you are unsure about what to enter),
and click on the Next button.
If the "Inquiry Response"-area details display, go to step 4.
4. When the "Inquiry Response"-area details display on the "Balance Inquiry" page,
the operation is complete.
5. Click on Close Window at the top of the page, and refer back to the loyalty
Redemption procedure.
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
170 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
7.16 Optional procedures: gift/loyalty cards
7.16.1 Activating a gift/loyalty card - payment with debit/credit
card: iPP320 PIN Pad: USB/serial
Follow the steps below to complete a gift card Activate transaction by paying the balance
due with a debit/credit card. You will use an iPP320 PIN Pad that is connected to your
computer via USB/serial cable (see page 13) to capture the debit/credit card data (insert,
tap, or swipe).
1. In the "Payment Method" area on the "Activate" page, select Debit/Credit - Pinpad
from the drop-down list.
2. In the "Payment Details" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. If the Enable manual card input box displays, ensure that it is unmarked.
b. In the Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
c. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
d. In the Amount field, confirm that the displayed dollar amount (#.##) is the
amount that you want to load on the gift card (i.e., the Purchase amount).
Note: If no amount data is displayed in the field, enter the amount now.
3. Click on the Swipe Card button.
4. When "Establishing communication with pinpad" displays on the "Activate" page,
wait.
5. When "Please follow prompts on pinpad" displays on the "Activate" page, see
page 112.
6. When the "APPROVED or "DECLINED" response displays on the "Activate" page, the
transaction is complete:
If Moneris Loyalty is enabled and you want to award loyalty points,
see page 138.
If Moneris Loyalty is not enabled or it is but you want to bypass awarding
points, print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
171
7.16.2 Activating a gift/loyalty card - payment with debit/credit
card: MSR
Follow the steps below to complete a gift card Activate transaction by paying the balance
due with a credit card. You will use an unencrypted magnetic stripe reader to capture
the credit card data.
Note: Some chip debit cards may be used for this transaction.
1. In the "Payment Method" area on the "Activate" page, select Credit Card - MSR
from the drop-down list.
2. In the "Payment Details" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In the Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
b. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
c. In the Statement Descriptor field, enter a descriptor for the card statement.
d. In the Amount field, confirm that the displayed dollar amount (#.##) is the
amount that you want to load on the gift card (i.e., the Purchase amount).
Note: If no amount data is displayed in the field, enter the amount now.
e. In the Card Verification Digits field, enter the card verification digits.
If the "Address Verification" area displays, enter the billing address data in
the Street Number, Street Name (use also to enter PO box data), and
Zip/Postal Code fields (for a post office box, checkmark PO Box).
To add order details (shipping/billing and product details), see page 98.
3. Click on the Swipe Card button.
4. When "Please swipe credit card now" displays on the "Activate" page, swipe the
credit card on the unencrypted magnetic stripe reader.
5. When the "APPROVED" or DECLINED" response displays on the "Activate" page, the
transaction is complete:
If Moneris Loyalty is enabled and you want to award loyalty points,
see page 138.
If Moneris Loyalty is not enabled or it is but you want to bypass awarding
points, print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
172 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
7.16.3 Activating a gift/loyalty card - payment with debit/credit
card: keyed entry
Follow the steps below to complete a gift card Activate transaction by paying the balance
due with a credit card. You will manually enter (key) the card in the Merchant Resource
Center fields.
Note: Some chip debit cards may be used for this transaction.
1. In the "Payment Method" area on the "Activate" page, select Credit Card - Keyed
Entry from the drop-down list.
2. In the "Payment Details" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In the Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
b. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
c. In the Statement Descriptor field, enter a descriptor for the card statement.
d. In the Amount field, confirm that the displayed dollar amount (#.##) is the
amount that you want to load on the gift card (i.e., the Purchase amount).
Note: If no amount data is displayed in the field, enter the amount now.
e. In the Credit Card Number field, enter the card account number.
f. In the Expiry Date field, enter the card expiry date (MMYY).
g. In the Card Verification Digits field, enter the card verification digits.
h. From the "ECI Indicator" drop-down list, select an e-commerce descriptor.
If the "Address Verification" area displays, enter the billing address data in
the Street Number, Street Name (use also to enter PO box data), and
Zip/Postal Code fields (for a post office box, checkmark PO Box).
To add order details (shipping/billing and product details), see page 98.
3. Click on the Process Transaction button.
4. When the "APPROVED" or DECLINED" response displays on the "Activate" page, the
transaction is complete:
If Moneris Loyalty is enabled and you want to award loyalty points,
see page 138.
If Moneris Loyalty is not enabled or it is but you want to bypass awarding
points, print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
173
7.16.4 Activating a gift/loyalty card - payment with cash
Follow the steps below to complete a gift card Activate transaction by paying the balance
due with cash.
1. In the "Payment Method" area on the "Activate" page, select Cash from the drop-
down list.
2. In the "Payment Details" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In the Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
b. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
c. In the Amount field, confirm that the displayed dollar amount (#.##) is the
amount that you want to load on the gift card (i.e., the Purchase amount).
Note: If no amount data is displayed in the field, enter the amount now.
d. In the Amount Tendered field, optionally enter the dollar amount tendered by
the customer.
Note: The Change Due field will automatically display the dollar amount
owed to the customer.
3. Click on the Complete button.
4. When the "APPROVED" response displays on the "Activate" page, the transaction
is complete:
If Moneris Loyalty is enabled and you want to award loyalty points,
see page 138.
If Moneris Loyalty is not enabled or it is but you want to bypass awarding
points, print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
174 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
7.16.5 Balance due for gift dollars transaction
When a gift Purchase results in a "Balance Due $#.##" response (because there are
insufficient dollars on the gift card to cover the gift Purchase amount), follow the steps
below to select another payment type to cover the outstanding balance.
1. In the "Action Items" area on the response page, click on the Continue button.
2. Wait for the "Purchase" page to display.
3. Based on the payment method/card entry method that you want to use to pay
the outstanding balance, refer to the appropriate Purchase procedure below:
Gift card
Card entry method
See Purchase procedure on:
unencrypted MSR
page 129 (begin at step 7)
keyed entry
page 130 (begin at step 7)
Loyalty card (dollars redemption)
Card entry method
See Redemption procedure on:
unencrypted MSR
page 145 (begin at step 5 )
keyed entry
page 146 (begin at step 5)
Debit/credit card
Card entry method
See Purchase procedure on:
iPP320 PIN Pad: USB/serial
page 51 (begin at step 3)
iPP320 PIN Pad: USB/serial (manual)
page 52 (begin at step 3)
unencrypted MSR
page 56 (begin at step 3)
keyed entry
page 58 (begin at step 3)
Cash
See page 59 (begin at step 3).
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
175
7.16.6 Balance due for loyalty dollars transaction
When a loyalty Redemption results in a "Balance Due $#.##" response (because there are
insufficient dollars/points on the loyalty card to cover the loyalty Redemption amount),
follow the steps below to select another payment type to cover the outstanding balance.
1. In the "Action Items" area on the response page, click on the Continue button.
2. Wait for the "Purchase" page to display.
3. Based on the payment method/card entry method that you want to use to pay
the outstanding balance, refer to the appropriate Purchase procedure below:
Gift card
Card entry method
See Purchase procedure on:
unencrypted MSR
page 129 (begin at step 7)
keyed entry
page 130 (begin at step 7)
Loyalty card (dollars redemption)
Card entry method
See Redemption procedure on:
unencrypted MSR
page 145 (begin at step 5 )
keyed entry
page 146 (begin at step 5)
Debit/credit card
Card entry method
See Purchase procedure on:
iPP320 PIN Pad: USB/serial
page 51 (begin at step 3)
iPP320 PIN Pad: USB/serial
(manual)
page 52 (begin at step 3)
unencrypted MSR
page 56 (begin at step 3)
keyed entry
page 58 (begin at step 3)
Cash
See page 59 (begin at step 3).
7 Moneris Gift/Loyalty card programs
176 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
7.16.7 Balance due for loyalty points Redemption
When a manual loyalty card Redemption results in a "Balance Due #### pts" response
(i.e., because there are insufficient points on the loyalty card to cover the Redemption
amount), follow the steps below to select another payment type to cover the
outstanding balance.
1. In the "Action Items" area on the response page, click on the Continue button.
2. Wait for the "Purchase" page to display.
3. Based on the card entry method that you want to use to pay the outstanding
balance, refer to the appropriate Redemption procedure below:
Loyalty card (points redemption)
Card entry method
See Redemption procedure on:
unencrypted MSR
page 148 (begin at step 5)
keyed entry
page 149 (begin at step 5)
177
8 Recurring billing
If your Merchant Resource Center store is enabled for the recurring billing feature, you
may initiate the automatic charging of customer credit cards (and some debit chip
cards) at regular intervals, suspend payments, include one-time fees, and generate card
expiration reports for transactions. You may also manage the setup of existing
recurring transactions.
To register a recurring transaction, see page 178.
To manage (update or delete) a recurring transaction, see page 180.
To generate a recurring transaction report, see page 182.
8 Recurring billing
178 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
8.1 Registering a recurring transaction: keyed entry
Follow the steps below to register a transaction (Purchase) that is set to recur
automatically at a frequency that you define. You manually enter (key) the card data in
the Merchant Resource Center fields.
Note: Some debit chip cards may be used for this transaction.
1. On the menu bar, click on Recurring > Add Recurring Transaction.
2. Wait for the "Add Recurring Transaction" page to display.
3. Do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
b. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
c. In the Credit Card Number field, enter the card account number.
d. In the Expiry Date field, enter the card expiry date (MMYY).
e. In the Card Verification Digits field, enter the card verification digits.
f. From the "ECI Indicator" drop-down list, select an e-commerce descriptor.
If the "Address Verification" area displays, enter the billing address data in
the Street Number, Street Name (use also to enter PO box data), and
Zip/Postal Code fields (for a post office box, checkmark PO Box).
4. In the "Recurring Details" area, do the following:
a. Mark a "Bill Now" radio button:
To start billing when the transaction is registered, mark the YES radio
button, and enter the first billing amount in the Bill Now Amount field.
To start billing some time after the transaction is registered, mark the NO
radio button.
Note: If "NO" is selected but you want to obtain card verification results
when the recurring transaction is registered, checkmark the Perform
card verification box.
b. In the Recurring Amount field, enter the amount to be billed at the specified
recur start time.
c. From the Start Date drop-down list, select the date on which billing is to
commence.
d. In the Recur Every field, enter a number that defines the interval of a single
billing to the card (billing does not include the "BILL NOW" amount if this
option was selected in step a).
8 Recurring billing
179
Note: If you enter 8 for example, billing will occur after eight undefined
periods of time have elapsed. (You define the periods of time in step e.)
e. From the Recur Every drop-down list, select the time frame (e.g., day(s),
month(s), year(s)) to define the interval of a single billing.
Note: If month(s) is selected for example, the card will be billed once every "X"
number of months. ("X" is defined by what you entered in step d.)
f. In the Number of Recurs field, enter a number that defines how many times a
card should be billed not including the "Bill Now" option.
Note: If you enter 5 for example, a single billing will occur five times at
whatever interval you specified in steps d and e.
g. Click on the Add Customer Details button, and enter data in the "Customer
Details"-area fields (First Name, Last Name, Company, Address, State/Prov,
Zip Code, Country, Phone, and Fax).
5. Click on the Process Transaction button.
6. When the "successfully registered" response displays on the "Add Recurring
Transaction" page, the operation is complete.
7. While the "Add Recurring Transaction" page is displayed, do one of the following:
Update the recurring transaction details now (see page 180; begin at step 8).
Close the "Add Recurring Transaction" page, and update the recurring
transaction details later (see page 180; begin at step 1).
8 Recurring billing
180 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
8.2 Managing a recurring transaction
Follow the steps below to alter the characteristics of a recurring transaction.
1. On the menu bar, click on Recurring > Manage Recurring.
2. Wait for the "Manage Recurring Transactions" page to display.
3. You may narrow the search by using Customer ID, Order ID, last name, amount,
managed account update status, and hold status ("other criteria"); and /or date:
To narrow the search by "other criteria":
a. In the "Other Criteria" area, checkmark the box beside any of the other criteria
(Customer ID, Last Name, Order ID, Amount , Managed Account Update
Ignore Enabled, and Hold Status) that you want to include in the report.
b. Enter the required data in the field beside any box that you checkmarked in
the previous step.
If you checkmarked the Hold Status box, mark the On Hold or Active radio
button.
To narrow the search by date
a. In the "Date" area, checkmark the Date box.
b. Checkmark the box beside one or more of the following date criteria: Create
Date, Start Date, Next Recur Date, and/or End Date.
c. For each box that you checkmarked in the previous step, select a date
(DD/MM/YYYY) from the corresponding From /To drop-down lists.
4. In the "Sort By" area, set your sort order preference for listing the results:
a. From the Sort Transactions by drop-down list, select the order (Create Date,
Start Date, Next Recur Date, etc.) in which you want the hits to be listed.
b. From the Rows per Page drop-down list, select the maximum number of hits
you want displayed on a single page.
5. To save your search criteria for the next time you generate the report, click on the
Save Settings button; otherwise, go to the next step without changing anything.
To view recurring transactions using cards that are about to expire, click on
the Get Expiring Cards button.
6. Click on the Submit Search button (or Perform Query button).
7. When the "Transaction List" displays, click on the Details button of the recurring
transaction that you want to alter.
8. When the "Order History" page displays, you may terminate the recurring
transaction; update the recurring transaction's card data, address data, and
customer details; and alter the recurrence frequency of the transaction:
8 Recurring billing
181
To terminate the recurring transaction:
a. In the "Recurring Details" area, click on the Terminate Payment button.
b. When the "update successful" response displays, the operation is complete.
To update the card data of the recurring transaction:
a. In the "Payment Details" area, edit the payment fields as desired.
Note: If you are using the Managed Account Updater service (see page 269)
and want to discontinue having the service update this profile, select
the Disable automatic card updates for this profile box (this option may
already be selected depending on the response of the updater service).
If you are using the managed account updater service, you may switch
back and forth between using the older card data (Old Card Num) and
the newly updated card data (New Card Num) by clicking on the Revert
button. If the Updater service has changed the card data multiple
times, you will only be able to revert the most recent update.
b. Click on the Update Card Data button.
c. When the "update successful" response displays, the operation is complete.
To update the address data of the recurring transaction:
a. In the "Address Verification" area, edit the address fields as desired.
b. Click on the Update Details button.
c. When the "update successful" response displays, the operation is complete.
To update the customer data of the recurring transaction:
a. In the "Customer Data" area, edit the customer fields as desired.
b. Click on the Update Customer Data button.
c. When the "update successful" response displays, the operation is complete.
To update the frequency of the recurring transaction:
a. In the "Recurring Details" area, and do one of the following:
To change the duration of a recurring billing, enter a different number in
the Recurs Remaining field.
To change the status of a recurring billing, mark a "Status" radio button.
(If Hold is marked, the card will not be charged. If Active is marked, the
recurring billing will continue.)
b. Click on the Update Recurring Details button.
c. When the "update successful" response displays, the operation is complete.
8 Recurring billing
182 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
8.3 Recurring transactions report
Follow the steps below to generate a recurring transactions report.
1. On the menu bar, click on Recurring > Recurring Reports.
2. Wait for the "Recurring Transaction Reports" page to display.
3. Select a general date range, or specify your own date/time range:
To select a general transaction date range:
a. In the "Date" area, mark the radio button under "Date".
b. Select a date range from the adjacent drop-down list (Today, Yesterday, This
Week, etc.).
To specify your own transaction date/time range:
a. Mark the radio button beside the From drop-down list, and then select your
"from-this-date" values (hh:mm DD/MM/YYYY).
b. Mark the radio button beside the To drop-down list, and then select your "to-
this-date" values (hh:mm DD/MM/YYYY).
4. Optionally narrow the search by transaction response, card type, or "other criteria
(card number, Customer ID, Order ID, amount, and batch number) as follows:
To narrow the search by transaction response:
a. Checkmark the Transaction Response box.
b. In the "Transaction Response" area, checkmark the box beside any response
type (Approved, Declined, and Incomplete) that you want to include in the
report.
To narrow the search by card type:
a. Checkmark the Card Type box.
b. In the "Card Type" area, checkmark the box beside any card type that you
want to include in the report.
To narrow the search by "other criteria":
a. In the "Other Criteria" area, checkmark the box beside any of the other criteria
(Card Number, Amount, Customer ID, Order ID, and Batch Number) that you
want to include in the report.
b. For any box that you checkmarked in the previous step, enter the required
data in the corresponding field.
If you enter partial data, mark the begins with or ends with radio button.
8 Recurring billing
183
5. In the "Sort By" area, set your sort order preference for listing the results:
a. From the "Sort Transactions by" drop-down list, select the order (Date/Time
and Order ID) in which you want the hits to be listed.
b. From the "Rows per Page" drop-down list, select the maximum number of hits
you want displayed on a single page.
6. To save your search criteria for the next time you generate the report, click on the
Save Settings button; otherwise, leave the search configuration as is, and go to
the next step.
7. Click on the Submit Search button (or Perform Query button).
8. When the "Transaction List" and "Query Totals" display, you may view a specific
transaction (e.g., a Purchase) or the view the details of a recurring transaction
profile.
Note: The "RECUR ORDER ID" links to the Order History of a specific financial
transaction (e.g., a Purchase that occurred according to the recurring
transaction profile setup). The "ORDER ID" links to the recurring transaction
profile itself.
At a minimum, the transaction list will always include details such as the
transaction date ("DATE/TIME"), transaction type ("TXN TYPE"), order ID
("ORDER ID"), and recurring order ID ("RECUR ORDER ID"). For other details
that you may include or exclude from this transaction list, see page 220.
To export the transaction list to a text file, see page 210.
184 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
9 Vault
With the Vault feature, you can securely store data, including tokens and customer
information, create customer profiles for future transactions, and update customer
profiles.
To register a new Vault profile, see page 185.
To manage an existing Vault profile, see page 188.
To view a Vault profile report, see page 197.
To set up a hosted Vault configuration, see page 199.
9 Vault
185
9.1 Registering a Vault profile
Register a Vault profile.
For the step-by-step instructions on how to use a supported card entry method to
perform the registration, refer to the table below.
Card entry method
See procedure on:
unencrypted MSR
page 186
keyed entry
page 187
9 Vault
186 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
9.1.1 Registering a Vault profile: unencrypted MSR
Follow the steps below to register a Vault profile by using an unencrypted magnetic
stripe reader to capture the credit card data for the profile.
Note: Some chip debit cards may be used for this transaction.
1. On the menu bar, click on Vault > Add Profile.
2. Wait for the "Add Profile" page to display.
3. In the "Transaction Method" area, select Credit Card - MSR from the drop-down
list.
To obtain card verification results, checkmark the Perform card verification
box.
4. In the "Profile Details" area, optionally enter profile details in the Customer ID,
Phone Number, Email Address and Special Instructions fields.
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
If the "Address Verification" area displays, enter the billing address data in
the Street Number, Street Name (use also to enter PO box data), and
Zip/Postal Code fields (for a post office box, checkmark PO Box).
5. Click on the Swipe Card to Register Profile button.
6. When "Please swipe credit card now" displays on the "Add Profile" page, swipe
the card on the unencrypted magnetic stripe reader.
7. When the "registration successful" response displays (the profile's alpha-numeric
data key will also be displayed), the transaction is complete.
Important! Securely and confidentially store the data key for future reference.
You will need to refer to this data key when you want to perform financial
transactions with this Vault profile (see pages 57, 69, and 91).
8. In the "Action Items" area on the "Add Profile" page, you may perform the
following transactions using the newly created Vault profile:
Purchase (see page 192).
Preauthorization (see page 193).
Independent Refund (see page 194).
Add a recurring transaction (see page 195).
9 Vault
187
9.1.2 Registering a Vault profile: keyed entry
Follow the steps to register a Vault profile by manually entering (keying in) card data in
the Merchant Resource Center fields.
Note: Some chip debit cards may be used for this transaction.
1. On the menu bar, click on Vault > Add Profile.
2. Wait for the "Add Profile" page to display.
3. In the "Transaction Method" area, select Credit Card - Keyed Entry from the drop-
down list.
To obtain card verification results, checkmark the Perform card verification
box.
4. In the "Profile Details" area, optionally enter profile details in the Customer ID,
Phone Number, Email Address, and Special Instructions fields.
5. In the "Payment Details" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In the Credit Card Number field, enter the card account number.
b. In the Expiry Date field, enter the card expiry date (MMYY).
c. From the "ECI Indicator" drop-down list, select an e-commerce descriptor.
If the "Address Verification" area displays, enter the billing address data in
the Street Number, Street Name (use also to enter PO box data), and
Zip/Postal Code fields (for a post office box, checkmark PO Box).
6. Click on the Register Profile button.
7. When the "registration successful" response and the associated data key (an
alpha-numeric string) are displayed on the "Add Profile" page, the transaction is
complete.
Important! Securely and confidentially store the data key for future reference.
You will need to refer to this data key when you want to perform financial
transactions with this Vault profile at a later time (see pages 57, 69, and 91).
8. While the "Add Profile" page is displayed, you may perform the following
transactions using the newly created Vault profile:
Purchase (see page 192).
Preauthorization (see page 193).
Independent Refund (see page 194).
Add recurring transaction (see page 195).
9 Vault
188 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
9.2 Managing a Vault profile
Follow the steps below to retrieve a previously registered Vault profile so that you can
alter its characteristics or delete it.
1. On the menu bar, click on Vault > Manage Profiles.
2. Wait for the "Manage Profiles" page to display.
3. Optionally narrow the search by create date, "other" criteria (see below), and/or
card expiry date:
Narrow the search by profile create date
a. In the "Create Date" area, checkmark the Create Date box.
b. Select a general date range from the drop-down list (e.g., Today, Yesterday,
etc.), or select a specific time and date range (hh:mm DD/MM/YYYY) from the
From/To drop-down lists.
Narrow the search by other criteria
a. Checkmark the box beside one or more of the following criteria: Data Key,
Customer ID, Email Address, and/or Managed Account Update Ignore.
b. For any box that you checkmarked in the previous step, enter the required
data in the corresponding field.
Narrow the search by card expiry date
a. In the "Get Expiring Cards" area, checkmark the Get Expiring Cards box.
b. From the Expiring Within drop-down list, select a general date range.
4. In the "Sort By" area, set your sort order preference for listing the results:
a. From the "Sort Transactions by" drop-down list, select the order in which you
want the hits to be listed (Create Date, Data Key, Email Address, etc.).
b. From the "Rows per Page" drop-down list, select the maximum number of hits
you want displayed on a single page.
c. From the "Sort Order" drop-down list, select an ascending/descending order.
5. To save your search criteria for the next time you do the report, click on the Save
Settings button; otherwise, go to the next step without changing anything.
6. Click on the Submit Search button (or Perform Query button).
7. Wait for the "Transaction List" to display, and then click on the Details button of
the Vault profile that you want to view.
8. When the "Profile Details" page displays, you may alter the profile or initiate a
financial transaction:
9 Vault
189
Altering/viewing the Vault profile:
To update the Vault profile, see page 190.
To delete the Vault profile, see page 191.
Initiating a financial transaction from the Vault profile:
a. While the "Profile Details" page is displayed, you may initiate one or more of
the following transactions using the Vault profile:
Purchase (see page 192).
Preauthorization (see page 193).
Independent Refund (see page 194).
Add recurring transaction (see page 195).
9 Vault
190 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
9.2.1.1 Updating the Vault profile
Once you have retrieved a Vault profile (see page 188) and its "Profile Details" page is
displayed, follow the steps below to update the profile.
1. Do one or more of the following:
To update the profile contact details:
a. In the "Profile Details" area, enter the new data as desired in the profile fields
(Customer ID, Email Address, Phone Number, and Special Instructions).
To update the payment details:
a. In the "Payment Details" area, enter the new data as desired in payment
fields (Card Number and Expiry Date), and select an e-commerce descriptor
from the "ECI Indicator" drop-down list.
To update the address verification details:
a. In the "Address Verification" area, enter the address data as desired in the
address fields (Street Name, Street Number, and Zip/Postal Code).
2. When you are finished entering the new data, click on the Update Profile button.
3. When the "update successful" response displays on the "Profile Details" page, the
operation is complete.
9 Vault
191
9.2.1.2 Deleting the Vault profile
Once you have retrieved a Vault profile (see page 188) and its "Profile Details" page is
displayed, follow the steps below to delete the profile.
Important! Once a profile is deleted, it cannot be re-opened.
1. Click on the Delete Profile button.
2. Wait for the "Confirm Profile Deletion - Step 1" details to display.
3. Click on the Confirm button.
4. When the "profile deleted" message displays on the "Profile Details" page, the
operation is complete.
9 Vault
192 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
9.2.1.3 Vault Purchase with debit/credit card
Once a Vault profile is registered and the profile details are displayed, follow the steps
below to use the Vault profile to perform a debit/credit Purchase.
1. In the "Action Items" area, click on the Purchase button.
2. Wait for the "Vault Purchase" page to display.
3. In the "Payment Details" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In the Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
b. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
c. In the Statement Descriptor field, enter a descriptor for the card statement.
d. In the Amount field, enter the Purchase amount (#.##).
e. In the Card Verification Digits field, enter the card verification digits.
f. From the "ECI Indicator" drop-down list, select an e-commerce descriptor.
If the "Address Verification" area displays, confirm that the Street
Number, Street Name, and Zip/Postal Code fields are populated with the
correct billing address data.
To add order details (shipping/billing and product details), see page 98.
4. Click on the Process Transaction button.
5. When the "APPROVED" or DECLINED" response displays on the "Vault Purchase"
page, the transaction is complete.
6. Print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
Note: Moneris loyalty points cannot be awarded for a Purchase that is initiated
from the Vault "Profile Details" page.
9 Vault
193
9.2.1.4 Vault Preauthorization with debit/credit card
Once a Vault profile is registered and the profile details are displayed, follow the steps
below to use the Vault profile to perform a debit/credit Preauthorization.
Important! To receive the funds for this transaction, you must perform a debit/credit
Capture at a later time (see page 74).
Note: If a purchasing card is registered to the Vault profile and your store is enabled for
level 2/3 reporting (see page 270), you may be prompted to add level 2/3 details
during the Capture.
1. In the "Action Items" area, click on the Preauthorization button.
2. Wait for the "Vault Preauthorization" page to display.
3. In the "Payment Details" area, do the following:
Note: For information about fields referred to in the steps below, see page 259.
a. In the Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
b. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
c. In the Statement Descriptor field, enter a descriptor for the card statement.
d. In the Amount field, enter the Preauthorization amount (#.##).
e. In the Card Verification Digits field, enter the card verification digits.
f. From the "ECI Indicator" drop-down list, select an e-commerce descriptor.
If the "Address Verification" area displays, confirm that the Street
Number, Street Name, and Zip/Postal Code fields are populated with the
correct billing address data.
To add order details (shipping/billing and product details), see page 98.
4. Click on the Process Transaction button.
5. When the "APPROVED" or DECLINED" response displays on the "Vault
Preauthorization" page, the transaction is complete.
6. Print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
Note: Moneris loyalty points cannot be allocated for a Preauthorization that is
initiated from the Vault "Profile Details" page.
9 Vault
194 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
9.2.1.5 Vault Independent Refund with debit/credit card
Once a Vault profile is registered and the profile details are displayed, follow the steps
below to use the Vault profile to perform a debit/credit Independent Refund (reverses a
transaction that is not referenced on the Merchant Resource Center).
1. In the "Action Items" area, click on the Independent Refund button.
2. Wait for the "Vault Independent Refund" page to display.
3. In the "Payment Details" area, fill in the remaining fields:
a. In the Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
b. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
c. In the Statement Descriptor field, enter a descriptor for the card statement.
d. In the Amount field, enter the Independent Refund amount (#.##).
e. In the Card Verification Digits field, enter the card verification digits.
4. Click on the Process Transaction button.
5. When the "APPROVED" or DECLINED" response displays on the "Vault
Independent Refund" page, the transaction is complete.
6. Print/e-mail the transaction receipt now (see page 120).
9 Vault
195
9.2.1.6 Vault Add Recurring Transaction with debit/credit card
Once a Vault profile is registered and the profile details are displayed, follow the steps
below to use the Vault profile to register a recurring (Purchase) transaction that is set to
recur at regular intervals.
1. In the "Action Items" area, click on the Add Recurring Transaction button.
2. Wait for the "Vault Add Recurring Transaction" page to display.
3. In the "Payment Details" area, do the following:
a. In Order ID field, optionally enter an Order ID.
b. In the Customer ID field, optionally enter a Customer ID.
c. In the Card Verification Digits field, enter the card verification digits.
d. From the "ECI Indicator" drop-down list, select an e-commerce descriptor.
If the "Address Verification" area displays, confirm that the Street
Number, Street Name, and Zip/Postal Code fields are populated with the
correct billing address data.
4. In the "Recurring Details" area, do the following:
a. Mark a "Bill Now" radio button:
To start billing when the transaction is registered, mark the YES radio
button, and enter the first billing amount in the Bill Now Amount field.
To start billing some time after the transaction is registered, mark the NO
radio button.
b. In the Recurring Amount field, enter the amount to be billed at the specified
recur start time.
c. From the Start Date drop-down list, select the date on which billing is to
commence.
d. In the Recur Every field, enter a number that defines the interval of a single
billing to the card (billing does not include the "BILL NOW" amount if this
option was selected in step a).
Note: If you enter 8 for example, billing will occur after eight undefined
periods of time have elapsed. (You define the periods of time in step e.)
e. From the "Recur Every" drop-down list, select the time frame (e.g., day(s),
month(s), year(s)) to define the interval of a single billing.
Note: If month(s) is selected for example, the card will be billed once every "X"
number of months. ("X" is defined by what you entered in step d.)
f. In the Number of Recurs field, enter a number that defines how many times a
card should be billed not including the "Bill Now" option.
9 Vault
196 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
Note: If you enter 5 for example, a single billing will occur five times at
whatever interval you specified in steps d and e.
g. In the "Customer Details" area, enter data in the customer details fields (First
Name, Last Name, Company, Address, City, State/Prov, Postal Code, Country,
Phone, and Fax).
5. Click on the Process Transaction button.
6. When the "successfully registered" response displays on the "Vault Add Recurring
Transaction" page, the operation is complete.
9 Vault
197
9.3 Vault report
Follow the steps below to generate a report about Vault profiles used to process
transactions from your Merchant Resource Center store within the last 18 months.
1. On the menu bar, click on Vault > Vault Reports.
2. Wait for the "Vault Reports" page to display.
3. Select a date range to which to narrow the search for Vault-sourced transactions:
To select a general transaction date range:
a. In the "Date" area, mark the radio button under "Date".
b. Select a general date range (Today, Yesterday, This Week, etc.) from the
adjacent drop-down list.
To specify your own transaction date/time range:
a. Mark the radio button beside the From drop-down list, and then select your
"from-this-date" values (hh:mm DD/MM/YYYY).
b. Mark the radio button beside the To drop-down list, and then select your "to-
this-date" values (hh:mm DD/MM/YYYY).
4. Optionally narrow the search by transaction type, transaction response, card
type, or "other" criteria (see below) as follows:
To narrow the search by transaction type
a. Checkmark the Transaction Type box.
b. In the "Transaction Type" area, checkmark the box beside any transaction
type (Purchase, Refund, and Ind. Refund) that you want to include in the
report.
To narrow the search by transaction response:
a. Checkmark the Transaction Response box.
b. In the "Transaction Response" area, checkmark the box beside any transaction
response type (Approved, Declined, and Incomplete) that you want to include
in the report.
To narrow the search by payment type:
a. Checkmark the Payment Type box.
b. In the "Payment Type" area, checkmark the box beside any card type that you
want to include in the report.
Note: To retrieve Visa Debit card transactions, checkmark the Visa box.
9 Vault
198 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
To narrow the search by "other criteria":
a. In the "Other Criteria" area, checkmark the box beside any other criteria (Card
Number, Amount, Customer ID, Data Key, Order ID, and Batch Number, ECI,
and Username) that you want to include in the report.
b. For any box that you checkmarked in the previous step, enter the required
data in the corresponding field and/or make a selection from the
corresponding drop-down list where applicable.
If you enter partial data, mark the begins with or ends with radio button.
5. In the "Sort By" area, set your sort order preference for listing the results:
a. From the "Sort Transactions by" drop-down list, select the order (Date/Time,
Order ID, Amount, etc.) in which you want the hits to be listed.
b. From the "Rows per Page" drop-down list, select the maximum number of hits
you want displayed on a single page.
c. From the "Sort Order" drop-down list, select an ascending/descending order.
6. Do one of the following:
Save the search criteria as the default, and generate the full report:
a. Click on the Save Settings button.
b. Click on the Perform Query button.
No change to default search criteria, and generate the full report:
a. Click on the Submit Search button.
7. When the "Transaction List" and "Query Totals" display, the operation is
complete.
Note: At a minimum, the transaction list will always include details such as the
transaction date ("DATE/TIME"), transaction type ("TXN TYPE"), order ID
("ORDER ID"), and data key ("DATA KEY"). For other details that you may
include or exclude from this transaction list, see page 220.
To export the transaction list to a text file, see page 210.
9 Vault
199
9.4 Hosted Vault configuration
This feature allows for the integration of the Vault into an independent merchant
Website or application. The collection of the secure credit card or bank account data is
handled on a secure Moneris Hosted Page.
Each account may have up to five unique Hosted Vault Page configurations. Please note
that these configurations do not equate to different stores: All profiles are added to the
same store. Each configuration can have a differing appearance as well as handle
responses in varying ways.
For information about how to view or download detailed Hosted Paypage configuration
instructions, see page 276.
200 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
10 Reports
From your Merchant Resource Center store, you may generate/view detailed transaction
and batch reports regarding all transactions processed from your store. The following
reports may be generated from the Moneris Merchant Resource Center:
Debit/credit and cash
Report type
See procedure on :
Transactions (single)*
page 201
Grouped transactions
page 203
Managed account updater
page 206
Batches
page 208
* For recurring transactions report, see page 182.
* For Vault profile-originated transactions report, see page 197.
Gift/loyalty
Report type
See procedure on:
Transactions
page 204
Batches
page 208
Batches:
Report type
See procedure on :
batches
page 208
10 Reports
201
10.1 Transactions report: debit/credit cards and cash
Follow the steps below to generate a report about debit/credit and cash transactions
processed on your Merchant Resource Center store within the last 18 months.
1. On the menu bar, click on Reports > Transactions.
2. Wait for the "Transaction Reports" page to display.
3. Select a date range to which to narrow the search for transactions:
To select a general transaction date range:
a. In the "Date" area, mark the radio button under "Date".
b. Select a general date range (Today, Yesterday, This Week, etc.) from the
adjacent drop-down list.
To specify your own transaction date/time range:
a. Mark the radio button beside the From drop-down list, and then select your
"from-this-date" values (hh:mm DD/MM/YYYY).
b. Mark the radio button beside the To drop-down list, and then select your "to-
this-date" values (hh:mm DD/MM/YYYY).
4. Optionally narrow the search by transaction type, transaction response, card
type, or "other" criteria (see below) as follows:
To narrow the search by transaction type:
a. Checkmark the Transaction Type box.
b. In the "Transaction Type" area, checkmark the box beside any transaction
type (Purchase, Refund, Void, etc.) that you want to include in the report.
Note: Checkmarking the Preauth/w pending capture box will retrieve
Preauthorizations that have not yet been captured.
To narrow the search by transaction response:
a. Checkmark the Transaction Response box.
b. In the "Transaction Response" area, checkmark the box beside any transaction
response type (Approved, Declined, and Incomplete) that you want to include
in the report.
To narrow the search by card type:
a. Checkmark the Card Types box.
b. In the "Card Types" area, checkmark the box beside any card type that you
want to include in the report.
Note: To retrieve Visa Debit card transactions, checkmark the Visa box.
10 Reports
202 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
To narrow the search by "other criteria":
a. In the "Other Criteria" area, checkmark the box beside any other criteria (Card
Number, Amount, Customer ID, Order ID, Customer Code, Invoice Number,
Amount, Batch Number, Username, ECI, and Store ID) that you want to
include in the report.
Note: The Store ID option is available only when multi-store login is enabled
(see page 247) and you have switched between linked stores at least
once during your login session.
b. For any box that you checkmarked in the previous step, enter the required
data in the corresponding field and/or make a selection from the
corresponding drop-down list where applicable.
If you enter partial data, mark the begins with or ends with radio button.
5. In the "Sort By" area, set your sort order preference for listing the results:
a. From the "Sort Transactions by" drop-down list, select the order (Date/Time,
Order ID, Amount, etc.) in which you want the hits to be listed.
b. From the "Rows per Page" drop-down list, select the maximum number of hits
you want displayed on a single page.
c. From the "Sort Order" drop-down list, select an ascending/descending order.
6. Do one of the following:
Save the search criteria as the default, and generate the full report:
a. Click on the Save Settings button.
b. Click on the Perform Query button.
No change to default search criteria, and generate the full report:
a. Click on the Submit Search button.
Generate a totals report:
a. Click on the Query Totals button.
7. When the "Transaction List" and/or the "Query Totals" displays, the operation is
complete.
Note: At a minimum, the transaction list will always include details such as the
transaction date ("DATE/TIME"), transaction type ("TXN TYPE"), order ID
("ORDER ID"), and follow-on transaction ("FOLLOW-ON"). For other details
that you may include or exclude from this transaction list, see page 220.
To export the transaction list to a text file, see page 210.
10 Reports
203
10.2 Transactions report: grouped transactions
Follow the steps below to generate a report about debit/credit group transactions
processed on your Merchant Resource Center store within the last 18 months.
1. On the menu bar, click on Reports >Group Transaction Reports.
2. Wait for the "Group Transaction Reports" page to display.
3. Select a date range to which to narrow the search for grouped transactions:
To select a general transaction date range:
a. In the "Date" area, mark the radio button under "Date".
b. Select a general date range (Today, Yesterday, This Week, etc.) from the
adjacent drop-down list.
To specify your own transaction date/time range:
a. Mark the radio button beside the From drop-down list, and then select your
"from-this-date" values (hh:mm DD/MM/YYYY).
b. Mark the radio button beside the To drop-down list, and then select your "to-
this-date" values (hh:mm DD/MM/YYYY).
4. Optionally narrow the search by username and/or ticket # as follows:
a. In the "Other Criteria" area, checkmark the box beside any criteria (Username
and Ticket # ) that you want to include in the report.
b. For any box that you checkmarked in the previous step, enter the required
data in the corresponding field and/or make a selection from the
corresponding drop-down list where applicable.
If you enter partial data, mark the begins with or ends with radio button.
5. To save your search criteria for the next time you do the report, click on the Save
Settings button; otherwise, go to the next step without changing anything.
6. Click on the Submit Search button (or Perform Query button).
7. When the report displays, click on the Details button beside the grouped
transactions about which you want to view more details (grouped transactions
are listed by date/time, ticket number, and username).
8. When the "Transaction List" and "Query Totals" display, the operation is
complete.
Note: At a minimum, the transaction list will always include details such as the
transaction date ("DATE/TIME"), transaction type ("TXN TYPE"), and order ID
("ORDER ID"). For other details that you may include or exclude from this
transaction list, see page 220.
10 Reports
204 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
10.3 Transactions report: gift/loyalty cards
Follow the steps below to generate a report about gift/loyalty transactions processed on
your Merchant Resource Center store within the last 18 months.
1. On the menu bar, click on Reports > Gift Transactions.
2. Wait for the "Gift/Loyalty Transaction Reports" page to display.
3. Select a date range to which to narrow the search for gift/loyalty transactions:
To select a general transaction date range:
a. In the "Date" area, mark the radio button under "Date".
b. Select a general date range (Today, Yesterday, This Week, etc.) from the
adjacent drop-down list .
To specify your own transaction date/time range:
a. Mark the radio button beside the From drop-down list, and then select your
"from-this-date" values (hh:mm DD/MM/YYYY).
b. Mark the radio button beside the To drop-down list, and then select your "to-
this-date" values (hh:mm DD/MM/YYYY).
4. Optionally narrow the search by transaction type, transaction response, or
"other" criteria (see below) as follows:
To narrow the search by transaction type:
a. Checkmark the Transaction Type box.
b. In the "Transaction Type" area, checkmark the box beside any transaction
type (Purchase, Refund, Void, etc.) that you want to include in the report.
To narrow the search by transaction response:
a. Checkmark the Transaction Response box.
b. In the "Transaction Response" area, checkmark the box beside any transaction
response type (Approved, Declined, and Incomplete) that you want to include
in the report.
To narrow the search by other criteria:
a. In the "Other Criteria" area, checkmark the box beside any of the "other"
criteria (Card Number, Customer ID, Order ID, Batch Number, and Username)
that you want to include in the report.
b. For any box that you checkmarked in the previous step, enter the required
data in the corresponding field and/or make a selection from the drop-down
list where applicable.
If you enter partial data, mark the begins with or ends with radio button.
10 Reports
205
5. In the "Sort By" area, set your sort order preference for listing the results:
a. From the "Sort Transactions by" drop-down list, select the order in which you
want the hits to be listed (Date/Time, Order ID, Amount, etc.).
b. From the "Rows per Page" drop-down list, select the maximum number of hits
you want displayed on a single page.
c. From the "Sort Order" drop-down list, select an ascending/descending order.
6. Do one of the following:
Save the search criteria as the default, and generate the full report:
a. Click on the Save Settings button.
b. Click on the Perform Query button.
No change to default search criteria, and generate the full report:
a. Click on the Submit Search button.
Generate a totals report
a. Click on the Query Totals button.
7. When the "Transaction List" and "Query Totals" display, the operation is
complete.
Note: At a minimum, the transaction list will always include details such as the
transaction date ("DATE/TIME"), transaction type ("TXN TYPE"), order ID
("ORDER ID"), and follow-on transaction ("FOLLOW-ON"). For other details
that you may include or exclude from this transaction list, see page 220.
To export the transaction list to a text file, see page 210.
10.4 Transactions report: cash
See Transactions report: debit/credit cards and cash (page 201).
10 Reports
206 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
10.5 Managed account updater report
Follow the steps below to generate a report about registered Vault profiles and/or
recurring transaction profiles for which card data have changed due to an update made
through the managed account updater service (see page 269).
1. On the menu bar, click on Reports > Managed Account Updater.
2. Wait for the "Managed Account Updater Reports" page to display.
3. Select a date range to which to narrow the managed account updater search:
To select a general transaction date range:
a. In the "Date" area, mark the radio button under "Date".
b. Select a general date range (Today, Yesterday, This Week, etc.) from the
adjacent drop-down list.
To specify your own transaction date/time range:
a. Mark the radio button beside the From drop-down list, and then select your
"from-this-date" values (hh:mm DD/MM/YYYY).
b. Mark the radio button beside the To drop-down list, and then select your "to-
this-date" values (hh:mm DD/MM/YYYY).
4. Optionally narrow the search by account type and/or card type as follows:
To narrow the search by account type:
a. Checkmark the Account Type box.
b. In the "Account Type" area, checkmark the box beside any account type (Vault
or Recur) that you want to include in the report.
To narrow the search by card type:
a. Checkmark the Card Types box.
b. In the "Card Types" area, checkmark the box beside any card type that you
want to include in the report.
5. In the "Sort By" area, set your sort order preference for listing the results:
a. From the Sort Transactions by drop-down list, select the order (Date/Time or
Order ID/Data Key) in which you want the hits to be listed.
b. From the "Rows per Page" drop-down list, select the maximum number of hits
you want displayed on a single page.
c. From the "Sort Order" drop-down list, select an ascending/descending order.
6. Click on the Submit Search button.
10 Reports
207
7. When the "Transaction List" and "Query Totals" display, the operation is
complete.
To export the transaction list to a text file, see page 210.
8. Please note that managed account updater totals are shown at the top of the
report. Totals are broken down into five categories:
CLOSED: Indicates the card (account) number registered to a Vault profile or
recurring transaction on your store has been closed/cancelled. The card
should not be used to process transactions.
CONTACT: Indicates the cardholder should be contacted for further details
regarding the card (account) number registered to the Vault profile or
recurring transaction on your store. The card should not be used to process
transactions.
EXPIRY: Indicates the card (account) number registered to a Vault profile or
recurring transaction on your store has expired but has since been updated.
The card can be used to process transactions.
UPDATE: Indicates the card (account) number registered to a Vault profile or
recurring transaction has been updated. This card can be used to process
transactions.
10 Reports
208 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
10.6 Batches report: all card transactions
Follow the steps below to generate a report about all batches processed within the last
18 months from your Merchant Resource Center store.
Note: Cash transactions are not included in totals.
1. On the menu bar, click on Reports > Batches.
2. Wait for the "Batch Reports" page to display.
If the "Store ID" area displays, select the Merchant Resource Center store
about which you want to generate the report.
Note: This option is available only if multi-store login is enabled (See page 247).
3. Select a general date range, or specify your own date/time range:
To select a general batch date range:
a. In the "Date" area, mark the radio button under "Date".
b. Select a general date range (Current - Open Batches, Today, Yesterday, etc.)
from the adjacent drop-down list.
To specify your own batch date/time range:
a. Mark the radio button beside the From drop-down list, and then select your
"from-this-date" values (hh:mm DD/MM/YYYY).
b. Mark the radio button beside the To drop-down list, and then select your "to-
this-date" values (hh:mm DD/MM/YYYY).
4. Optionally narrow the search as follows:
To narrow the search by batch status:
a. Checkmark the batch status box.
b. In the "Batch Status" area, mark the radio button beside the status type
(In Balance or Out of Balance) that you want to include in the report.
To narrow the search by batch number:
a. Checkmark the Batch Number box.
b. In the "Batch Number" area (Batch Number field), enter the batch number
that you want to include in the report.
To narrow the search by batch status
a. Checkmark the Terminal ID box.
b. In the "Terminal ID" area, checkmark the box beside any terminal ID that you
want to include in the report.
10 Reports
209
Note: If a terminal ID is greyed, it means that it has been deactivated.
5. In the "Sort By" area, set your sort order preference for listing the results:
a. From the "Sort Batches by" drop-down list, select the order (Terminal ID,
Date/Time, or Batch Status) in which you want the hits to be listed.
6. To save your search criteria for the next time you do the report, click on the Save
Settings button; otherwise, go to the next step without changing anything.
7. Click on the Submit Search button (or Perform Query button).
8. When the "Query Results" list displays, click on the Details button beside the
batch about which you want to view more details.
9. When the "Transaction List" and "Query Totals" display on the "Batch Details"
page, the operation is complete.
Note: At a minimum, the transaction list will always include details such as the
transaction date ("DATE/TIME"), transaction type ("TXN TYPE"), and order ID
("ORDER ID"). For other details that you may include or exclude from this
transaction list, see page 220.
To export the transaction list to a text file, see page 210.
10 Reports
210 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
10.7 Exporting a report (transaction list) to a file
Follow the steps below to export a report's transaction list to a text file.
Note: The transaction list will be generated in comma-separated-values (CSV) format.
1. Generate a report (see page 200).
2. Once the report results ("Transaction List") are displayed, locate the Export
Transactions To File button, and then click on it.
3. When the .txt file is generated, download and/or open the file.
Note: To configure which transaction list data are included in the file, see page
222.
4. The operation is complete.
211
11 End-of-day procedure
To ensure that funds are deposited to your merchant account the next business day,
follow the appropriate end-of-day procedure.
If your Merchant Resource Center store is set to manual batch close (see page 233):
Close your batch(es) before 11 PM Eastern Standard Time by following the steps below.
1. On the menu bar, click on Reports > Batches.
2. Wait for the "Batch Reports" page to display.
3. Close a batch:
a. In the "Terminal ID" area, locate the batch that you want to close, and click on
the corresponding Close Batch button.
b. Wait for the "Batch Close" page to display.
c. Confirm that the "Batch Close Successful" response displays in the "Batch
Close Results" area.
d. Click on the Continue button.
4. Repeat steps 3a-d for each of your remaining batches.
5. The operation is complete.
6. To determine if the batch/batches that you closed is/are in balance, generate a
Batches report (see page 208).
Note: If the report indicates an "Out of Balance" status for any batch, contact
Moneris within 5 business days for assistance.
If your Merchant Resource Center store is set to automatic batch close (see page 233):
1. If Moneris Gift/Loyalty is enabled on your store, manually close the gift/loyalty
batch between 10 PM and 11PM Eastern Standard Time (follow steps 1-6 above).
Note: To determine which terminal ID represents your gift/loyalty batch, contact
Moneris.
2. To determine if your closed batch/batch(es) are in balance, generate a Batches
report (see page 208).
Note: If the report indicates an "Out of Balance" status for any batch, contact
Moneris within 5 business days for assistance.
212 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
12 Managing your own user profile
From your Merchant Resource Center store, you may configure settings (listed below)
that affect only user profile.
Note: To configure settings that affect all other users and your Merchant Resource Center
store, use the Admin functions (see page 224).
User profile information
Login password (see page 213).
Security questions/answers (see page 214 ).
Registered e-mail address (see page 214).
Default page
See page 215.
Transaction settings
Default card entry method (see page 216).
Default electronic commerce indicator (see page 218).
Default display language (see page 218).
Default PIN Pad com port number (see page 219).
Default headers/fields to include your transaction report summaries (see page
220).
Default headers/fields to include reports that you export to a CSV-format file (see
page 222).
Login history
See page 223
12 Managing your own user profile
213
12.1 Modifying your user profile's login information
12.1.1 Modifying your login password
Follow the steps below to modify your user profile's login password.
1. On the menu bar, click on Firstname_Last Name > Account Information.
2. Wait for the "Account Information" page to display.
3. In the "Change Password" area, do the following:
a. In the Old Password field, enter your current password.
b. In the New Password field, enter your new password.
Note: The new password must adhere to these restrictions (password fields are
case sensitive): include 7-16 characters; start with a letter; contain a
number; and cannot be the same as the previous 4 passwords.
c. In the Confirm New Password field, enter the same password as you did in the
previous step.
d. Click on the Change Password button.
Note: You must change your password periodically. If your password expires,
you will be prompted to create a new password.
Important! Passwords should be kept confidential and not shared with
any one. Change your password immediately if you have any reason to
believe that someone else has access to it or has tried to log into your
account.
4. When the "success" message displays, the operation is complete.
12 Managing your own user profile
214 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
12.1.2 Modifying your security questions/answers
Follow the steps below to modify one or more of your Security pass-phrase
questions/answers. Periodically you will be prompted to answer one of these questions
before being logged in.
5. On the menu bar, click on Firstname_Lastname > Account Information.
6. Wait for the "Account Information" page to display.
7. In the "Security Question and Answers" are a, optionally update one or more of
your security questions/answers as follows:
a. Select a question from a Security Question # drop-down list.
b. In the corresponding Security Answer # and Confirm Answer fields, enter a
new answer.
c. Repeat steps 3a to b for any remaining question/answer that you want to
modify.
8. When you are finished, click on the Save Reset Password Data button.
9. When the "success" message displays, the operation is complete.
12.1.3 Modifying your registered e-mail address
Follow the steps below to modify the e-mail address currently registered to your user
profile.
Note: If you need to have your password reset, a temporary password will be sent to this
e-mail address.
1. On the menu bar, click on Firstname_Lastname > Account Information.
2. Wait for the "Account Information" page to display.
3. In the "Security Question and Answers" area, do the following:
a. In the Email address field, enter the new e-mail address that you want to
register for your user profile.
4. When you are finished, click on the Save Reset Password Data button.
5. When the "success" message displays, the operation is complete.
12 Managing your own user profile
215
12.2 Modifying your user profile's default transaction
settings
12.2.1 Setting your Merchant Resource Center default page
Follow the steps below to specify a Merchant Resource Center default page for your user
profile. Once the default page is set, it will display each time you log into the Merchant
Resource Center.
Note: If no default page is specified, the "Merchant Resource Center" main page will
display each time you log in.
1. Log into the Merchant Resource Center (see page 5).
2. Click on a Merchant Resource Center menu bar item, and wait for the
corresponding page to display (e.g., if you click on Terminal > Purchase, the
"Purchase" page will be displayed).
3. Once the desired Merchant Resource Center page is displayed, click on the
icon (e.g., if the "Purchase" page is displayed, it will be set as your
default page).
4. The operation is complete.
Note: The default page will display each time you log into the Merchant Resource
Center.
12 Managing your own user profile
216 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
12.2.2 Setting your default card entry method
Follow the steps below to specify the default card entry method for your user profile.
Note: You may alter the card entry method on a transaction-by-transaction basis.
1. On the menu bar, click on Firstname_Lastname > Account Settings.
2. Wait for the "Account Settings" page to display.
3. In the "Default Transaction Method" area, do the following:
a. From the "Default Transaction Method" drop-down list, select a new default
card entry method for your user profile:
Card entry method
Description
Keyed
Manually capture card data by entering it directly in
Merchant Resourced Center fields.
Mag swipe reader
Capture card data by swiping the card on an
unencrypted magnetic stripe reader that is connected
to your computer.
Pinpad
Capture the card data by inserting, tapping, swiping, or
manually entering (keying) the card on an iPP320 PIN
Pad that is connected to your computer (see page 13).
Cloud
Capture the card data by inserting, tapping, swiping, or
manually entering (keying) the card on an iPP320 PIN
Pad that is paired via the cloud with your Merchant
Resource Center (see page 13).
Note: To set a specific cloud-paired iPP320 PIN Pad as
your default payment device, see page 217.
b. Click on the Save Transaction Method button.
4. When the "success" message displays above the button, the operation is
complete.
12 Managing your own user profile
217
12.2.3 Setting your default PIN Pad during your login session:
iPP320 (cloud)
Follow the steps below to set a specific cloud-paired iPP320 PIN Pad to be your default
card entry device for the duration of your login session (the PIN Pad that you select must
be paired with your Merchant Resource Center store).
Note: To specify that you want Debit/Credit - Cloud to be your default card entry device
during applicable transactions, see page 216.
1. On the menu bar, click on Firstname_Lastname > Account Settings.
2. Wait for the "Account Settings" page to display.
3. In the "Cloud Pinpad" area, do the following:
a. From the "Cloud Pinpad" drop-down list, select the <name> - <terminal ID> of
the cloud-paired iPP320 PIN Pad that you want to use by default for the
duration of your login session.
b. Click on the Set Cloud Pinpad button.
4. When the "success" message displays above the button, the operation is
complete.
12 Managing your own user profile
218 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
12.2.4 Setting your default electronic commerce indicator
Follow the steps below to specify the default electronic commerce indicator for your user
profile.
Note: You may alter the electronic commerce indicator on a transaction-by-transaction
basis.
1. On the menu bar, click on Firstname_Lastname > Account Settings.
2. Wait for the "Account Settings" page to display.
3. In the "Default Transaction ECI" area, do the following:
a. From the "Default ECI" drop-down list, select a new default electronic
commerce indicator for your user profile (for list of indicators, see page 261).
b. Click on the Save Default ECI button.
4. When the "success" message displays above the button, the operation is
complete.
12.2.5 Setting your default display language
Follow the steps below to specify the default language for your user profile. The
Merchant Resource Center will default to the set language the next time you log in.
Note: Regardless of how you configure this setting, you may change the electronic
commerce indicator at the time you are performing a financial transaction.
1. On the menu bar, click on Firstname_Last Name > Account Settings.
2. Wait for the "Account Settings" page to display.
3. In the "Default Lanague" area, do one of the following:
To select English as the default language, mark the English radio button
To select French as the default language, mark the French radio button.
4. Click on the Save Default Language button.
5. When the "success" message displays above the button, the operation is
complete.
12 Managing your own user profile
219
12.2.6 Setting your default PIN Pad com port number
Follow the steps below to specify the default com port number that the iPP320 PIN Pad is
using while it is connected to the computer from which you are performing Merchant
Resource Center financial transactions.
Note: Before you attempt to perform PIN Pad transactions on another computer, you
must first update this Merchant Resource Center com port setting and ensure it is
still valid for your PIN Pad connection.
1. On the menu bar, click on Firstname_Lastname > Account Settings.
2. Wait for the "Account Settings" page to display.
3. In the "PInpad COM Port" area, do the following:
a. In the Pinpad COM Port field, enter the com port being used by the iPP320
PINpd while it is connected to your computer.
b. Click on the Save COM port button.
4. When the "success" message displays above the button, log out of the Merchant
Resource Center, close your browser, and then log back in.
5. The operation is complete.
12 Managing your own user profile
220 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
12.2.7 Setting the default headers/fields to include a report's
transaction list
Follow the steps below to specify the headers/fields that you want to include in any
applicable report (transaction list) generated from your Merchant Resource Center store.
1. On the menu bar, click on Firstname_Lastname > Account Settings.
2. Wait for the "Account Settings" page to display.
3. In the "Transaction Summary Fields" area, checkmark the box beside any field
(bolded in the table below) that you want to include in an applicable report's
transaction list.
Note: Each field has a corresponding header, will display at the top of the
transaction list if you checkmark the field.
In the table below, a black dot (" •") indicates that the report supports the
corresponding field/header. A hyphen ("-") indicates that the report does
not support the corresponding field/header.
D/C = debit/credit transactions report (see page 201);
Group = group transactions report (see page 203);
G/L = gift/loyalty transactions report (see page 204);
R = Recurring transactions report (see page 182);
V = Vault transaction report (see page 197);
B = Batches report (see page 208)
Field
Header
D/C
Group
G/L
R
V
B
Amount 1
"AMOUNT"
Authorization Code 2
"AUTH CODE"
-
AVS Result
"AVS"
-
-
Batch Number
"BATCH"
Card Number
"PAN"
Card Type
"CARD"
Customer Code
"CUST CODE"
-
-
-
-
-
Customer ID
"CUST ID"
-
CVD Result
"CVD"
-
ECI
"ECI"
Expiry date
"EXP"
-
12 Managing your own user profile
221
Field
Header
D/C
Group
G/L
R
V
B
Invoice Number
"INVOICE"
-
-
-
-
-
Response Code
"RESP CODE"
Result
"RESULT"
Username
"USERNAME"
-
-
-
VBV/SecureCode Result
"VBV/SC"
-
-
-
-
Wallet Indicator
"WALLET"
-
-
-
4. Click on the Save Transaction Summary Settings button.
5. When the "success" message displays above the button, the operation is
complete.
1 In the gift/loyalty report, the Amount field corresponds to two transaction list headers:
"AMOUNT" and "POINTS".
2 In the gift/loyalty report, the Authorization Code field corresponds to the transaction list header
"REF NUM".
12 Managing your own user profile
222 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
12.2.8 Setting the headers/fields to include in an exported report
Follow the steps below to specify the default fields and corresponding headers (if any)
that you want to include in any Merchant Resource Center report (transaction list) that
you export to a .txt file in CSV-format (see page 210).
1. On the menu bar, click on Firstname_Lastname > Account Settings.
2. Wait for the "Account Settings" page to display.
3. In the "Export to File Fields" area, checkmark the box beside any field (bolded
below) that you want to include in an exportable report.
Note: The corresponding header for each field is enclosed in quotation marks ("").
Amount ("amount"); Auth Code ("auth_code"); AVS Result ("avs_result"); Batch
Number ("batch_no"); Card Number ("first4last4"); Card Type ("card_type");
Customer Code ("customer_code"); Customer ID ("cust_id"), CVD Result
("cvd_result"); Date / Time ("transaction_date_time"); ECI ("eci"), Expiry date
("exp_date"); Invoice Number ("invoice_number"); Order ID ("order_no"); Orig
Transaction Number ("orig_transaction_no"); Reference Number ("ecr_seq_no");
Response Code ("response_code"); Result ("result"), Sequence ("seq_no"); Swiped
("swiped"); Terminal ID ("ecr_no"); Transaction Number ("transaction_no");
Transaction Type ("transaction_name"); Username ("clerk"); VBV/SecureCode
Result ("cavv_result"); Wallet Indicator ("wallet_indicator")
If you want the exported report to include the field headers, checkmark the
Include Field Headers box.
4. Click on the Save Export to File Settings button.
5. When the "success" message displays above the button, the operation is
complete.
12 Managing your own user profile
223
12.3 Viewing your login history
Follow the steps below to view the last ten successful and unsuccessful login attempts
for your user profile.
1. On the menu bar, click on Firstname_Lastname > Login History.
2. Wait for the "Login History" page to display.
3. The operation is complete.
224
13 Admin: managing store settings/other user
profiles
Use the Admin functions to manage your Merchant Resource Center store settings and
manage other user profiles (e.g., assign user permissions, add/remove user profiles, and
check audit logs).
This section includes information about how to do the following:
User profiles
Add a new user profile (see page 226).
Modify an existing user profile:
First/last name (see page 227).
Password (see page 228).
Permissions (see page 229).
Admin access level (see page 230).
Deactivate a user profile (see page 231).
Notification
Add/remove e-mail addresses from the notification list (see page 232).
Store settings
Configure settings that affect the entire store such as batch close time, tip
prompts, cash payments, PCI mode settings, and receipt header (see pages 233 to
238).
Cloud wallets
See pages to 239 to 246.
Multi-store login
See page 247.
Security
View audit logs (see page 250).
Restrict IP access (see page 253).
13 Admin: managing store settings/other user profiles
225
Web integration
Configure DirectPost (page 256).
Configure Hosted Paypage (page 257).
Configure Hosted Tokenization (page 258).
13 Admin: managing store settings/other user profiles
226 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
13.1 Adding a new user profile
Follow the steps below to add a new user profile to your Merchant Resource Center store.
1. On the menu bar, click on Admin > Add User.
2. Wait for the "Add User" page to display.
3. In the "User Information" area, do the following:
a. In the Last Name and First Name fields, enter the new user's last and first
names.
b. In the Username field, enter the username under which the new user will log
into your Merchant Resource Center store.
c. In the Temporary Password and the Confirm Temporary Password fields,
enter the new user's password.
Note: The new password must adhere to these restrictions (password fields are
case sensitive): include 7-16 characters; start with a letter; contain a
number; and cannot be the same as the previous 4 passwords.
When the new user signs into the Merchant Resource Center for the first
time, they will be prompted to change their password.
4. Click on the Save User button.
5. Enable/disable permissions as desired (for a full listing of user permissions, see
page 264):
To enable one or more user permissions:
a. Checkmark the box beside any permission that you want to enable.
Note: To simultaneously checkmark all boxes, click on the Select All button.
To disable one or more user permissions:
a. Unmark the box beside the permission that you want to disable.
Note: To simultaneously unmark all boxes, click on the Deselect All button.
6. Click on the Save Permissions button.
7. Assign the level of administrative access the new user can assign to other users
(for a full listing of admin access levels, see page 262).
8. Click on the Save Level button.
9. When the "success" message displays above the button, the operation is
complete.
13 Admin: managing store settings/other user profiles
227
13.2 Modifying a user profile
13.2.1 Modifying a user profile's first name/last name data
Follow the steps below to change the first and last name information of an active user
profile on your Merchant Resource Center store.
1. On the menu bar, click on Admin > Modify User.
2. Wait for the "Modify User" page to display.
3. Retrieve the user profile that you want to modify:
To refine the search by last name:
a. In the "Locate User" area, enter the name data in the Last Name and/or
Username field.
b. In the "Order By" area, select a sort order (mark the Name or Username radio
button) for listing the results.
To retrieve all user profiles:
a. Go to step 4.
4. Click on the Locate User button.
5. Wait for the "Select User" list of profiles to display.
6. Click on the Edit User button beside the user profile that you want to modify.
7. Wait for the user profile to display.
8. In the "User Information" area, enter new data in the Last Name and/or First
Name field.
9. Click on the Update User button.
10. When the "success" message displays above the button, the operation is
complete.
13 Admin: managing store settings/other user profiles
228 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
13.2.2 Modifying a user profile's password
Follow the steps below to change the password of a user profile (active) on your
Merchant Resource Center store.
Note: To modify your own user profile's password, see page 213.
1. On the menu bar, click on Admin > Modify User.
2. Wait for the "Modify User" page to display.
3. Retrieve the user profile that you want to modify:
To refine the search by last name:
a. In the "Locate User" area, enter the name data in the Last Name and/or
Username field.
b. In the "Order By" area, select a sort order (mark the Name or Username radio
button) for listing the results.
To retrieve all user profiles:
a. Go to step 4.
4. Click on the Locate User button.
5. Wait for the "Select User" list of profiles to display.
6. Click on the Edit User button beside the user profile that you want to modify.
7. Wait for the user profile to display.
8. In the "Change Password" area, enter the new password data in the New
Password and Confirm Password fields.
Note: The new password must adhere to these restrictions (password fields are
case sensitive): include 7-16 characters; start with a letter; contain a
number; and cannot be the same as the previous 4 passwords.
9. Click on the Update User button.
10. When the "success" message displays above the button, the operation is
complete.
Note: When the user next logs in, they must enter the new password.
13 Admin: managing store settings/other user profiles
229
13.2.3 Modifying a user profile's user permissions
Follow the steps below to change the user permissions of an active user profile on your
Merchant Resource Center store.
1. On the menu bar, click on Admin > Modify User.
2. Wait for the "Modify User" page to display.
3. Retrieve the user profile that you want to modify:
To refine the search by last name:
a. In the "Locate User" area, enter the name data in the Last Name and/or
Username field.
b. In the "Order By" area, select a sort order (mark the Name or Username radio
button) for listing the results.
To retrieve all user profiles:
a. Go to step 4.
4. Click on the Locate User button.
5. Wait for the "Select User" list of profiles to display.
6. Click on the Edit User button beside the user profile that you want to modify.
7. Wait for the user profile to display.
8. In the "Set Permissions" area, click on the Set Permissions button.
9. When the permissions display, enable/disable the permissions as desired (for a
full listing of user permissions, see User permissions on page 264):
To enable one or more user permissions:
a. Checkmark the box beside any permission that you want to enable.
Note: To simultaneously checkmark all boxes, click on the Select All button.
To disable one or more user permissions:
a. Unmark the box beside the permission that you want to disable.
Note: To simultaneously unmark all boxes, click on the Deselect All button.
10. Click on the Update Permissions button.
11. When the "success" message displays above the button, the operation is
complete.
13 Admin: managing store settings/other user profiles
230 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
13.2.4 Modifying a user profile's admin access level
Follow the steps below to change the level of administrative, transactional, and
reporting access that a user can assign to another user on your Merchant Resource
Center store.
1. On the menu bar, click on Admin > Modify User.
2. Wait for the "Modify User" page to display.
3. Retrieve the user profile that you want to modify:
To refine the search by last name:
a. In the "Locate User" area, enter the name data in the Last Name and/or
Username field.
b. In the "Order By" area, select a sort order (mark the Name or Username radio
button) for listing the results.
To retrieve all user profiles:
a. Go to step 4.
4. Click on the Locate User button.
5. Wait for the "Select User" list of profiles to display.
6. Click on the Edit User button beside the user profile that you want to modify.
7. Wait for the user profile to display.
8. In the "Admin Level" area, click on the Set Level button.
9. When the various access levels display, assign an administrative, transaction,
and reports level (for a list of available levels, see page 262):
To change an administrative level:
a. In the "Administrative Level" area, mark the radio button beside the
administrative level that you want to assign to this user.
To change a transaction level:
a. In the "Transaction Level" area, mark the radio button beside the transaction
level that you want to assign to this user.
To change a report level:
a. In the "Report Level" area, mark the radio button beside the reports level that
you want to assign to this user.
10. Click on the Update Level button.
11. When the "success" message displays above the button, the operation is
complete.
13 Admin: managing store settings/other user profiles
231
13.3 Deactivating a user profile
Follow the steps below to permanently deactivate a user profile from your Merchant
Resource Center store.
Note: Once a user profile is deactivated, its login credentials can no longer be used to
access your store. The historical data for the activities of the user profile will
continue to remain accessible even after the user profile is deactivated.
1. Click on Admin > Modify User.
2. Wait for the "Modify User" page to display.
3. Retrieve the user profile that you want to deactivate:
To refine the search by last name:
a. In the "Locate User" area, enter the name data in the Last Name and/or
Username field.
b. In the "Order By" area, select a sort order (mark the Name or Username radio
button) for listing the results.
To retrieve all user profiles:
a. Go to step 4.
4. Click on the Locate User button.
5. Wait for the "Select User" list of profiles to display.
6. Click on the Deactivate button beside the user profile that you want to
deactivate.
7. When the "success" message displays above the button, the operation is
complete.
Note: A record of the deactivated user profile will remain on the system; however,
the text "inactive" will display beside the deactivated username.
13 Admin: managing store settings/other user profiles
232 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
13.4 Notification settings
13.4.1 Adding an e-mail address to the notification list
Follow the steps below to add an e-mail address to the Merchant Resource Center
notification list.
1. On the menu bar, click on Admin > Notification.
2. Wait for the "Email Notification" page to display.
3. In the "Add Email" area, enter the e-mail address (Email Address field) to have
added to the notification list.
4. Click on the Add Email Address button.
5. When the "success" message displays above the button, the operation is
complete.
13.4.2 Removing an e-mail address from the notification list
Follow the steps below to unsubscribe an e-mail address from the Merchant Resource
Center notification list.
1. On the menu bar, click on Admin > Notification.
2. Wait for the "Email Notification" page to display.
3. In the "Notification Emails" area, click on the Remove button beside the e-mail
address that you want to remove from the notification list.
4. In the "Confirm Delete" area, click on the Remove Email button.
5. When the "success" message displays, the operation is complete.
13 Admin: managing store settings/other user profiles
233
13.5 Store settings
13.5.1 Automated logout setting
Follow the steps below to specify the number of minutes before an inactive session is
automatically logged off from your Merchant Resource Center store.
1. On the menu bar, click on Admin > Store Settings.
2. Wait for the "Store Settings" page to display.
3. In the "Automated Logout" area, do the following:
a. In the Auto Logout Time field, enter the number of minutes (minimum 10
min; maximum 720 min) .that must elapse before an inactive session is
automatically logged out.
4. Click on the Save Logout Period button.
5. When the "success" message displays above the button, the operation is
complete.
13.5.2 Batch close time setting
Follow the steps below to specify when you want your Merchant Resource Center store
batch(es) to close and at what time.
1. On the menu bar, click on Admin > Store Settings.
2. Wait for the "Store Settings" page to display.
3. In the "Batch Close Time" area, mark the radio button beside one of the following
options to enable it:
Option
Description
Manually close batch via API or
Merchant Resource Centre
The batch never closes unless you close it via
an API or the Merchant Resource Center.
Automatically close between 10
and 11 pm (Eastern Time)
The batch closes automatically each day
between 10 PM and 11 PM (Eastern Time).
Automatically close at : hh:mm:ss
The batch closes automatically on a daily basis
at a time that you specify (Eastern Time).
A time between 10-11 PM is not valid.
4. Click on the Save Close Time button.
5. When the "success" message displays above the button, the operation is
complete.
13 Admin: managing store settings/other user profiles
234 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
13.5.3 Cash payments setting
Follow the steps below to enable/disable cash as a payment option (Purchases and
Refunds only) on your Merchant Resource Center store.
1. On the menu bar, click on Admin > Store Settings.
2. Wait for the "Store Settings" page to display.
3. In the "Cash Settings" area, do one of the following:
To enable cash payments, checkmark the Enable cash payments box.
To disable cash payments, unmark the Enable cash payments box.
4. Click on the Update Cash Settings button.
5. When the "success" message displays above the button, the operation is
complete.
13.5.4 PCI mode setting
Follow the steps below to enable/disable PCI mode on your Merchant Resource Center
store. When PCI mode is enabled, users are prevented from manually entering (keying)
debit/credit card data to perform financial transactions.
Note: Even if PCI mode is enabled, it will still possible manually enter card data, but you
must enable the user permission Enable Keyed in PCI mode for any user whom you
want to have this ability (see page 229).
1. On the menu bar, click on Admin > Store Settings.
2. Wait for the "Store Settings" page to display.
3. In the "Encrypted Reader Settings - PCI Mode" area, do one of the following:
To enable PCI mode, checkmark the Enable PCI Mode box.
Note: If PCI mode is enabled, the Card Verification transaction and all Vault
and Recurring functionality (if supported on your store) will be
disabled.
To disable PCI mode, unmark the Enable PCI Mode box.
Note: If PCI mode is disabled, Card Verification (page 93), Vault (page 184),
and Recurring (page 177) functionality will be enabled.
4. Click on the Update PCI Mode button.
5. When the "success" message displays above the button, the operation is
complete.
13 Admin: managing store settings/other user profiles
235
13.5.5 Receipt details setting
Follow the steps below to configure your business contact information (e.g., address,
Web site URL, contact telephone number, refund policy, etc.) that you want to appear in
receipts generated on your Merchant Resource Center store.
1. On the menu bar, click on Admin > Store Settings.
2. Wait for the "Store Settings" page to display.
3. In the "Receipt Details" area, enter any data in fields that you want to include in
receipts (Street Address 1, Street Address 2, City, Province, Postal Code, Website
URL, Contact Tel #, Fax #, and Refund Policy).
Note: If your refund policy is greater than 50 characters (Refund Policy field), you
may enter a URL that links to the full refund policy.
4. Click on the boxes beside any data element (listed below) that you want to
include in receipts:
Include Line Item details.
Include Shipping details.
Include Billing details.
Include Customer ID.
Include extra details - Client Email Address and Note.
5. Click on the Save Receipt Data button.
6. When the "success" message displays above the button, the operation is
complete.
13.5.6 Tip setting: iPP320 PIN Pad
Follow the steps below to enable/disable tip prompting on any iPP320 PIN Pad that is
allocated to your Merchant Resource Center store. When enabled, tip prompts display
only during debit/credit Purchase transactions for which the iPP320 PIN Pad is used as
the card entry method.
1. On the menu bar, click on Admin > Store Settings.
2. Wait for the "Store Settings" page to display.
3. In the "Tip Settings" area, do one of the following:
To enable tip prompting, checkmark the Enable tip on Pinpad box.
To disable tip prompting, unmark the Enable tip on Pinpad box.
4. Click on the Update Tip Settings button.
5. When the "success" message displays above the button, the operation is
complete.
13 Admin: managing store settings/other user profiles
236 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
13.5.7 API token: viewing/regenerating the token
The API Token is a store-specific string of alphanumeric characters. Moneris uses the API
token to validate the identity of your online store when e-commerce transactions are
being performed as part of an integrated Web solution. When you opt to send e-
commerce transactions directly from your Website, the transaction requests originate
from a Merchant Resource Center API.
Follow the steps below to view the current API token or to generate a new API token.
Important! You MUST NOT transmit this token in an e-mail or any other insecure
communication medium. If you believe that your token has been compromised, you
should generate another token.
1. On the menu bar, click on Admin > Store Settings.
2. Wait for the "Store Settings" page to display.
3. In the "API Token" area, the store's current API token should be displayed.
If you need to regenerate the API token:
Important! The old token cannot be re-activated/used once a new one is
generated.
a. Click on the Re-generate API Token button.
b. Wait for the warning message to display.
c. Click on the Re-generate API Token button again.
d. Wait for the new API token to be generated.
e. Have all users currently logged into your store log out.
f. Ensure that your integrated Web solution is configured to support the new
API token.
g. The operation is complete (users may now log in again).
13 Admin: managing store settings/other user profiles
237
13.5.8 Asynchronous transaction response setting
Follow the steps below to configure the Asynchronous Transaction Response parameters
to enable a server-to-server post of the terminal response data in XML format as a
secondary method of obtaining the response data. The response data will be sent to the
specified URL.
Note: Response URLs must be secure (HTTPS) in the production environment. Self-signed
certificates will work. HTTP addresses will not work.
1. On the menu bar, click on Admin > Store Settings.
2. Wait for the "Store Settings" page to display.
3. In the "Asynchronous Transaction Response" area, do the following:
a. Checkmark the Perform asynchronous data post box.
b. In the Async Response URL field, enter the destination URL.
4. Click on the Save Asynchronous Settings button.
5. When the "success" message displays above the button, the operation is
complete.
13.5.9 Multi-store login status
Follow the steps below to determine the status of your Merchant Resource Center store
when it is configured to be part of a multi-store configuration (see page 247 ).
1. On the menu bar, click on Admin > Store Settings.
2. Wait for the "Store Settings" page to display.
3. In the "Multi Store" area, look for the following indicators:
Indicator
Description
Master Store
The store is a "master" store.
The store is a "child" store.
4. The operation is complete.
13 Admin: managing store settings/other user profiles
238 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
13.5.10 Managed account updater setting
Follow the steps below to enable the Merchant Resource Center to automatically update
stored credit card data using Visa and/or Mastercard updating services.
1. On the menu bar, click on Admin > Store Settings.
2. Wait for the "Store Settings" page to display.
3. In the "Managed Account Updater" area, do the following:
Note: If the Visa or Mastercard account updater service returns a "closed" or
"contact" response for a registered card (account) number that you have
used to set up a recurring transaction and/or a vault profile, the Merchant
Resource Center will stop automatic card updates for the profile
(see page 206).
a. Configure managed account updater setting for recurring transactions:
To enable the managed account updater for recurring transactions,
checkmark the Automatically update recurring transactions box.
To disable the managed account updater for recurring transactions,
unmark the Automatically update recurring transactions box.
b. Configure the managed account updater setting for Vault profiles
To enable the managed account updater for Vault profiles, checkmark the
Automatically update vault transactions box.
To disable the managed account updater for Vault profiles, unmark the
Automatically update vault transactions box.
4. Click on the Save Account Updater Settings button.
5. When the "success" message displays above the button, the operation is
complete.
13 Admin: managing store settings/other user profiles
239
13.6 Mastercard MasterPass configuration
If your Merchant Resource Center store is set up in an integrated environment through
Hosted Paypage or an API, follow the steps below to configure a Mastercard MasterPass
profile for your store so that the Mastercard MasterPass payment solution ("cloud"
wallet) can be used by your customers to pay for goods and services from your store.
Note: Customers/cardholders must establish their cloud wallet credentials directly
through the card brands and are responsible for securing their wallet credentials in
the same way they would secure their other payment information.
1. On the menu bar, click on Admin > Mastercard MasterPass.
2. Wait for the "MasterCard MasterPass Checkout Configuration" page to display.
3. In the MasterPass Display Name field, enter the name of the business that will
support the Mastercard MasterPass payment solution (this field may be pre-filled
with your Merchant Resource Center store's business name).
4. Enter the contact data about the person who will serve as the primary contact for
the business that is supporting the Mastercard MasterPass payment solution:
Note: Mastercard may verify these data for tracking purposes. These data will not
be visible to the public.
a. In the first Address field, enter the primary contact's mailing address street
number and street name.
b. In the second Address field, enter the primary contact's mailing address unit
number or apartment number (or PO box number) if applicable.
c. In the City field, enter the primary contact's mailing address city location.
d. In the Postal Code field, enter the primary contact's mailing address postal
code.
e. In the Phone field, enter the primary contact's phone number (do not include
an extension number).
f. In the Email field, enter the primary contact's e-mail address.
5. Enter the following required Web addresses for the business that is supporting
the Mastercard MasterPass payment solution:
a. In the Website field, enter the business' home page Web address.
b. In the Production URL field, enter the Web address at which the business will
host the Mastercard MasterPass payment solution while operating in a live
production environment.
c. In the Sandbox URL field, enter the Web address at which the business will
host the Mastercard MasterPass payment solution while operating in a QA
test environment.
13 Admin: managing store settings/other user profiles
240 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
d. In the Logo URL field, enter the Web address at which business' logo is hosted.
e. In the "Integration Method" area, do one of the following:
If you are integrating your payment solution via an API, mark the API
radio button.
If you are integrating your payment solution via Hosted Paypage, mark
the Hosted Paypage radio button.
f. In the Callback URL field, enter the Web address to which the Mastercard
MasterPass data is to be sent.
Note: If you are integrating your payment solution via a Hosted Paypage,
please note that the Moneris Gateway will manage the Mastercard
MasterPass data transfer. If you are integrating your solution via an
API, you must specify the Web address to which you want the
Mastercard MasterPass token and any additional fields (e.g.,
billing/shipping) to be sent.
6. Read the terms and conditions, and checkmark the By clicking "I agree"... box.
7. Click on the Save Profile button.
8. Wait for the "success" response to display on the "MasterCard MasterPass
Checkout Configuration" page.
9. Do one of the following:
Note: Ensure that the Merchant Resource Center "Store Settings" user permission
is enabled for your user profile (see page 229).
If you will use the Mastercard MasterPass payment solution through a Hosted
Paypage, configure your Hosted Paypage now.
If you will use the Mastercard MasterPass paymente solution through an API,
obtain the necessary integration guide from the Moneris Developer Portal
(see page 276) and follow the steps to set up your API.
13 Admin: managing store settings/other user profiles
241
13.7 Visa Checkout configuration
If your Merchant Resource Center store is set up in an integrated environment through
Hosted Paypage or an API, follow the steps below to configure a Visa Checkout profile for
your store so that the Visa Checkout payment solution ("cloud" wallet) can be used by
your customers to pay for goods and services from your store.
Note: Customers/cardholders must establish their cloud wallet credentials directly
through the card brands and are responsible for securing their wallet credentials in
the same way they would secure their other payment information.
1. On the menu bar, click on Admin > Visa Checkout.
2. Wait for the "Visa Checkout Configuration" page to display.
3. Enter the contact data about the person who will serve as the primary contact for
the business that is supporting the Visa Checkout payment solution:
Note: Visa may verify these data for tracking purposes. These data will not be
visible to the public.
a. In the Contact First Name field, enter the primary contact's first name.
b. In the Contact Last Name field, enter the primary contact's last name.
c. In the Phone field, enter the primary contact's phone number (do not include
an extension number).
d. In the Email field, enter the primary contact's e-mail address.
e. In the Website field, enter the home page Web address of the business that
will support the Visa Checkout payment solution.
f. In the first Address field, enter the primary contact's mailing address street
number and street name.
g. In the second Address field, enter the primary contact's mailing address unit
number or apartment number (or PO box number) if applicable.
h. In the City field, enter the primary contact's mailing address city location.
i. In the Postal Code field, enter the primary contact's mailing address postal
code.
4. Enter the following information about the business that is supporting the Visa
Checkout payment solution:
a. In the Checkout Display Name field, enter the business' name (this field may
be pre-filled with your Merchant Resource Center store's business name).
b. In the Logo URL field, enter the Web address at which the business' logo is
hosted.
13 Admin: managing store settings/other user profiles
242 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
c. In the "Accepted Card Types" area, checkmark the box beside any card type
that you want to be selectable when customers use the Visa Checkout
payment solution to buy goods and services from your business.
Note: If you checkmark a card type that is not enabled for your Moneris
merchant account, the authorizing host will always reject any
submitted transaction for which the ineligible card type has been
selected via the Visa Checkout payment solution.
d. In the "Visa Debit Accepted" area, do one of the following depending on your
Moneris merchant account setup:
If your merchant account is enabled to accept Visa Debit, mark the True
radio button.
If your merchant account is not enabled to accept Visa Debit, mark the
False radio button.
e. In the "Collect Shipping Address" area, do the following:
If you want Visa Checkout to always send the cardholder’s preferred
shipping address data to you via Hosted Paypage or API, checkmark the
True box.
If you do not want Visa Checkout to send the cardholder’s preferred
shipping address sent back to you via Hosted Paypage or API, checkmark
the False box.
f. In the "Accepted Shipping Regions" area, do one of the following:
If you want to restrict the region(s) to which the business can ship/render
goods and services when cardholders use the Visa Checkout payment
solution, checkmark the box beside any desired shipping region (e.g.,
Canada, United States, etc.).
If you do not want to restrict the shipping region to which the business
can ship/render goods and services when cardholders use the Visa
Checkout payment solution, unmark all the shipping region boxes.
g. In the "Accepted Billing Regions" area, do one of the following:
If you want to restrict the region(s) to which the business can bill for
goods and services when cardholders use the Visa Checkout payment
solution, checkmark the box beside any desired billing region (e.g.,
Canada, United States, etc.).
If you do not want to restrict the billing region to which your business can
bill for goods and services when cardholders use the Visa Checkout
payment solution, unmark all the shipping region boxes.
5. Read the terms and conditions, and checkmark the By clicking "I agree"... box.
6. Click on the Save Checkout Profile button.
7. Wait for the "success" response to display on the "Visa Checkout Configuration"
page.
8. Do one of the following:
13 Admin: managing store settings/other user profiles
243
Note: Ensure that the Merchant Resource Center "Store Settings" user permission
is enabled for your user profile (see page 229).
If you will use the Visa Checkout payment solution through a Hosted
Paypage, configure your Hosted Paypage now.
If you will use the Visa Checkout payment solution through an API, obtain the
necessary integration guide from the Moneris Developer Portal (see page 276)
and follow the steps to set up your API.
13 Admin: managing store settings/other user profiles
244 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
13.8 Apple Pay in-app configuration
If you want to use the Moneris Apple Pay SDK and develop a solution that allows you to
support Apple Pay payments in an integrated environment, follow the steps below to
obtain and upload the necessary certificates that will allow Moneris to decrypt the Apple
Pay payment token.
Note: If you want to use the Apple API instead of the Moneris Apple Pay SDK, refer to the
Apple Developer library and the Moneris payment API.
1. Visit the Apple Developer Portal at https://developer.apple.com/
library/prerelease/content/ApplePay_Guide/Configuration.html, and
obtain/register an Apple Pay merchant ID (on the site, refer the procedure for
registering an Apple merchant ID).
2. Download a certificate signing request (CSR) file from the Merchant Resource
Center:
a. Log into the Merchant Resource Center (see page 5).
Note: Do not log out from the Merchant Resource Center until you have
completed the configuration steps below.
b. On the menu bar, click on Admin > Apple Pay In-app Configuration.
c. Wait for the "Apple Pay In-app Configuration" page to display.
d. In the "Download CSR" area, enter your Apple Pay merchant ID in the
Apple Merchant ID field.
e. Click on the Download button.
f. When the CSR file is generated, download it to your computer.
3. Go back to the Apple Developer Portal at https://developer.apple.com/
library/prerelease/content/ApplePay_Guide/Configuration.html, and upload the
CSR file that you just downloaded to your computer (on the site, refer to the
procedure for configuring a certificate for your Apple merchant ID).
4. When the Apple Pay certificate file is generated, download it to your computer.
5. Upload the Apple Pay certificate to the Merchant Resource Center:
a. Return to the Merchant Resource Center's "Apple Pay In-app Configuration"
page (Admin > Apple Pay In-app Configuration).
b. In the "Upload Apple Pay certificate" area, browse for and select the Apple Pay
certificate file that you just downloaded to your computer.
c. When the Apple Pay certificate is displayed in the field, click on the Upload
button.
13 Admin: managing store settings/other user profiles
245
d. In the "Apple Merchant Certificates" area, confirm that a new "Vendor ID" and
corresponding "Certificate Date" are listed (Moneris can now decrypt the
Apple Pay payment token).
Important! Although you have successfully followed the steps to enable Moneris
to decrypt the Apple Pay payment token, you must still integrate Apple Pay into
your application. To do this, you must follow the steps in the appropriate
Moneris integration guide (to obtain this guide, visit the Moneris Developer
Portal (see page 276)).
Note: Ensure that the Merchant Resource Center "Store Settings" user permission
is enabled for your user profile (see page 229).
13 Admin: managing store settings/other user profiles
246 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
13.9 Android Pay in-app configuration
If you want to use the Android SDK and develop a solution that allows you to support
Android Pay payments in an integrated environment, follow the steps below to obtain
the public key that will allow Moneris to decrypt the Android Pay payment token.
1. On the menu bar, click on Admin > Android Pay - In-App.
2. Wait for the "Android Pay - In-App Configuration" page to display.
3. Click on the Enable Android Pay button.
4. When the public key (an alpha-numeric string) displays, the operation is
complete.
Note: Once the public key is displayed, it will remain available to view for future
reference.
Important! Although you have successfully followed the steps to enable Moneris
to decrypt the Android Pay payment token, you must still integrate Android Pay
into your application. To do this, you must follow the steps in the appropriate
Moneris integration guide (to obtain this guide, visit the Moneris Developer
Portal (see page 276)).
13 Admin: managing store settings/other user profiles
247
13.10 Multi-store login configuration
If you have multiple Merchant Resource Center stores, the multi-store login feature
allows you to link your stores together for easier access to reports and transaction
processing across multiple stores at the same time without the need for you to log into
each store separately using multiple login credentials.
To link one store to another, see page 248.
To remove a linked store from the group, see page 249.
To switch between linked stores, see page 249.
To determine the status of your store, see page 237.
13 Admin: managing store settings/other user profiles
248 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
13.10.1 Linking a child store to the master store
Follow the steps below to link one of your other Merchant Resource Center stores to the
store that you are currently logged into.
Note: The store that you will link in effect becomes a "child" store while the store through
which you are setting up the multi-store configuration becomes the "master" store.
1. Designate the "master" store by doing the following:
a. Log into the store that you want to designate as the "master" store
(see page 5).
b. Enable the Configure Multi Merchant user permission for your user profile
(see page 229).
c. Log out of the master store (see page 9).
2. Designate the "child" store by doing the following:
a. Log into the store that you want to designate as the "child" store
(see page 5).
b. Enable the Configure Multi Merchant user permission for your user profile
(see page 229).
c. Log out of this "child" store (see page 9).
3. Log back into your master store.
4. On the menu bar of your master store, click on Admin > Multi Store.
5. Wait for the "Multi Store Setup" page to display.
6. In the "Add Store" area, do the following:
a. In the Username, Store ID, and Password fields, enter your login credentials
for the child store that you want to link to the master store.
b. Click on the Authenticate Access button.
c. When the "Store has been successfully paired" response displays, the stores
have been successfully linked (the child store ID will be displayed in the
"Manage Stores" area.
7. The operation is complete (to link another child store, repeat steps 2 to 6).
13 Admin: managing store settings/other user profiles
249
13.10.2 Unlinking a child store from the master store
Follow the steps below to unlink a child store from a master store.
1. Log into the master store (for login steps, see page 5).
2. On the menu bar of your master store, click on Admin > Multi Store.
3. Wait for the "Multi Store Setup" page to display.
4. In the "Manage Stores" area, do the following:
a. Locate the store that you want to unlink, and then checkmark the
corresponding Remove box beside it.
b. Click on the Remove Stores button.
c. When the "success" response displays, the store has been unlinked (the child
store ID will that you unlinked will no longer be displayed in the "Manage
Stores" area).
5. The operation is complete.
Note: If there are no other stores linked to the main store, the multi-store bar will
not display at the top of the page of the master store (see below).
13.10.3 Switching from one linked store to another linked store
through multi-store login
Follow the steps below to switch from one Merchant Resource Center store to another
Merchant Resource Center store when both are linked through a multi-store login setup.
1. Log into the master store (for login steps, see page 5).
2. Above the menu bar, locate the drop-down list displaying the name of the store
you are currently logged into as an active user (see example below):
3. From the drop-down list, select the store that you want to access, and click on the
GO button.
4. When the linked store name is displayed above the menu bar, the operation is
complete (i.e., you have now started a login session in the "child" store).
5. The operation is complete.
13 Admin: managing store settings/other user profiles
250 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
13.11 Audit logs
13.11.1 Access violations log: viewing
Follow the steps below to view a log of user attempts to access or perform functions for
which they do not have sufficient permissions.
1. Click on Admin > Audit Logs.
2. Wait for the "Audit Logs" page to display.
3. In the "Access Violations" area, select the From /To dates (hh:mm /DD/MM/YYYY)
from the drop-down lists.
To narrow the scope of the log for a given date range:
a. Checkmark the Username, Page Violation, and/or Violation Type box.
b. For each box you checkmarked, select a line item from the corresponding
drop-down list.
To retrieve all access violations for a given date range:
a. Go to step 4.
4. Click on the Search for Access Violations button.
5. When the "Access Violations" log displays, the operation is complete.
13 Admin: managing store settings/other user profiles
251
13.11.2 Admin changes log
Follow the steps below to view a log of user-made administrative changes.
1. Click on Admin > Audit Logs.
2. Wait for the "Audit Logs" page to display.
3. In the "Admin Changes" area, select the From /To dates (hh:mm /DD/MM/YYYY)
from the drop-down lists.
To narrow the scope of the log for a given date range:
a. Checkmark the Username and/or Change box.
b. For each box you checkmarked, select a line item from the corresponding
drop-down list.
To retrieve all admin changes for a given date range:
a. Go to step 4.
4. Click on the Search Admin Changes button.
5. When the "Admin Changes" log displays, the operation is complete.
13.11.3 User changes log
Follow the steps below to view a log of changes made by one user affecting another user.
1. Click on Admin > Audit Logs.
2. Wait for the "Audit Logs" page to display.
3. In the "User Changes" area, select the From /To dates (hh:mm /DD/MM/YYYY)
from the drop-down lists.
To narrow the scope of the log for a given date range:
a. Checkmark the Username, Affected User, and/or Change box.
b. For each box you checkmarked, select a line item from the corresponding
drop-down list.
To retrieve all user-to-user changes for a given date range:
a. Go to step 4.
4. Click on the Search User Changes button.
5. When the "User Changes" log displays, the operation is complete.
13 Admin: managing store settings/other user profiles
252 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
13.11.4 Login history
Follow the steps below to view a log showing five successful or failed logins for one or
more users.
1. Click on Admin > Audit Logs.
2. Wait for the "Audit Logs" page to display.
3. In the "Login History" area, do one of the following:
To narrow the scope of the log:
a. Checkmark the Username and/or Login Result box.
b. For each box that you checkmarked, select a line item from the corresponding
drop-down list.
To retrieve all login attempts:
a. Go to step 4.
4. Click on the Search Login History button.
5. When the "Login History" log displays, the operation is complete.
13 Admin: managing store settings/other user profiles
253
13.12 IP access
13.12.1 Restricting store access to specific IP address(es)
Follow the steps below to restrict access to your Merchant Resource Center store to one
or more specific IP addresses.
1. On the menu bar, click on Admin > IP Access.
2. Wait for the "IP Access" page to display.
3. In the "Resource Center IP Restriction" area, do the following:
a. In the Full or Partial IP field, enter the IP Address (full or partial) that you want
users to be restricted to using when accessing your Merchant Resource Center
store.
Note: To define a partial IP address, include the '.' (period) after a completed
octet so as to limit access to that precise octet. For example: "192.16."
will allow only IPs that start with "192.16"; however, "192.16" will allow
"192.16", "192.160, 192.161", etc.
b. From the Bypass User drop-down list, select a user profile that you do not be
subject to the IP address restriction.
Important! This "Bypass user" will be the same for all listed IP
Addresses. The bypass user exists in case your IP address changes. Should this
happen, at least one user will still be able to access the Merchant Resource
Center to update the IP address list.
4. Click on the Save IP button.
5. Confirm that the new IP address is listed under the "Allowed IP Addresses" area.
6. Do one of the following:
To add another IP address to the list of addresses from which your store can
be accessed, repeat step 3a and steps 4 to 5.
If you do not want to add another IP address, go to step 7.
7. The operation is complete (all users except the bypass user will be restricted to
accessing your Merchant Resource Center store from the specified IP address(es)).
13 Admin: managing store settings/other user profiles
254 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
13.12.2 Blocking an IP address when IP restrictions enforced
Follow the steps below to remove an IP address from the list of addresses from which
your Merchant Resource Center store can be accessed.
1. On the menu bar, click on Admin > IP Access.
2. Wait for the "IP Access" page to display.
3. In the "Allowed IP Addresses" area, click on the Remove button beside the IP
address that you want to remove from the "Allowed IP Addresses" list.
Important! If no address is listed, users will not be restricted to accessing your
Merchant Resource Center store from a particular IP address.
4. When the "Confirm Delete" list displays, click on the Remove IP button.
5. The operation is complete (the IP address that you deleted will no longer display).
13 Admin: managing store settings/other user profiles
255
13.13 Web integration options
To integrate your site with the Merchant Resource Center, you may choose from among
several available Web integration options such as DirectPost (page 256), Hosted Paypage
(page 257), Hosted Tokenization (page 258), or one of the APIs. Determining which Web
integration option to use is dependent on a number of factors such as:
The skill/knowledge level of the developer responsible for completing the
integration
The system requirements and/or limitations of the system being integrated
The importance to your business of the branding on the payment page and PCI-
compliance responsibilities.
For assistance in determining which integration method is right for you, contact
onlinepayments@moneris.com .
13 Admin: managing store settings/other user profiles
256 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
13.13.1 DirectPost configuration
DirectPost is one of the Web integration options (see page 255) available for integrating
MOTO/e-commerce transaction processing with the Merchant Resource Center.
How DirectPost works
1. When a transaction is initiated, the transaction-specific data is sent to the
Merchant Resource Center DirectPost via an HTTP POST.
2. The Merchant Resource Center processes the transaction and directs the
cardholder and the response back to your merchant site so that a custom receipt
can be created.
3. Transaction verification can be performed to ensure that what is being sent is a
legitimate transaction.
If you opt use DirectPost integration
If you opt use DirectPost integration, you must complete a DirectPost configuration from
the Merchant Resource Center.
For information about how to view or download detailed DirectPost
configuration instructions, see page 276.
13 Admin: managing store settings/other user profiles
257
13.13.2 Hosted Paypage configuration
Hosted Paypage is one of the Web integration options (see page 255) available for
integrating MOTO/e-commerce transaction processing with the Merchant Resource
Center.
How Hosted Paypage works
1. When a transaction is initiated, the non-secure transaction details are sent via an
HTTP POST to the Merchant Resource Center, and the cardholder is redirected to a
secure Moneris-hosted payment page.
2. On the hosted payment page, the cardholder enters their secure payment details
(i.e. credit card or bank account data).
3. Upon receipt of this data, the Merchant Resource Center either generates a
receipt on your behalf or directs the cardholder and response back to your
merchant site so that a custom receipt can be created.
4. Transaction verification can be performed to ensure that the response is from a
legitimate transaction.
If you opt to use Hosted Paypage integration
If you opt to use Hosted Paypage integration, you must complete a Hosted Paypage
configuration from the Merchant Resource Center.
For information about how to view or download detailed Hosted Paypage
configuration instructions, see page 276.
13 Admin: managing store settings/other user profiles
258 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
13.13.3 Hosted tokenization
Hosted Tokenization is one of the Web integration options (see page 255) available for
integrating MOTO/e-commerce transaction processing with the Merchant Resource
Center. Similar to the Hosted Paypage option (see page 257 ), Hosted Tokenization offers
a mechanism whereby a secure card number can only be entered on a secure Moneris
hosted site. All other non-secure transaction details are collected on your merchant site.
This option is ideal if you have your own API and do not wish to handle credit card
numbers directly on your Website, but you would like the ability to fully customize the
checkout Web page. Hosted Tokenization offers the security of the Hosted Paypage while
offering full control over the look and feel of the checkout page. At no time is the
cardholder redirected from your merchant site.
Hosted Tokenization may be used in one of 2 scenarios:
Processing a one-time financial transaction. OR
Collecting the card data so that it may be stored within the Moneris Vault (see
page 184).
To set up your Hosted Pay Page Temporary Tokenization (HPPTT) page, do the following:
5. On the menu bar, click on Admin > Hosted Tokenization.
6. Wait for the "Hosted Card Tokenization" page to display.
7. In the Source Domain field, enter the domain address from which requests on
your Website will be initiated.
8. Click on the Create Profile button.
9. When the "success" response displays, the operation is complete.
10. Visit the Developer Portal (see page 276), and download the integration
specifications that will provide guidance on how to do development work on
your Website.
259 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
14 Appendix
14.1 Payment/transaction fields
The table below (continues to page 260) lists common Merchant Resource Center
payment/transaction fields that may be displayed on transaction pages. Descriptions of
what data to enter in each field are also included.
Field
Enter this data:
Amount
The transaction amount. When specifying an amount, do not
enter the dollar sign or any other special characters. The
amount must include the full cent values (#.##).
Auth Code
Authorization/reference code as received from an IVR or
equivalent terminal.
Card Number
For debit/credit transaction, see Credit Card Number.
For gift transaction, see Gift Card Number.
For loyalty transaction, see Loyalty Card Number.
Card Verification Code
3- or 4-digit security code printed on the back or front of the
gift/loyalty card.
Card Verification Digits
3- or 4-digit security code printed on the back or front of the
debit/credit card.
Credit Card Number
Primary/personal account number (PAN) printed on the front
of the card being used for the transaction.
Note: Some chip debit card numbers may be entered instead of
a credit card number.
Customer Code
Transaction identifier (optional).
Customer ID
Transaction identifier (optional).
CVC
See Card Verification Code.
CVD
See Card Verification Digits.
Data Key
A unique alpha-numeric string that is associated with each
Vault profile.
ECI
See Electronic Commerce Indicator.
14 Appendix
260 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
Field
Enter this data:
Electronic Commerce Indicator
Specify how the card number was obtained from the
cardholder (for details, see page 261).
Expiry Date
The expiry date of the card which is being used for the
transaction (MMYY). This date must correspond with the date
found on the card itself.
Gift Card Number
The card account number printed on the front of a gift card.
Invoice Number
Transaction identifier (optional).
Loyalty Card Number
The card account number printed on the front of a loyalty
card.
Order ID
The order ID is a unique identifier appended to every financial
transaction. If you leave this field is left blank, the system will
automatically generate the ID when the transaction is
submitted for processing. If you enter your own ID, ensure
that the ID you enter has never been used in the past. Order
IDs may be up to 50 characters long, may contain letters and
numbers, and may also contain the following special
characters: - : . @
Points to Redeem
Number of points that you want to redeem from a loyalty
card.
Statement Descriptor
Describes the transaction (appears on the cardholder's credit
card statement).
Street Name
The street name of the cardholder's mailing address.
This name should be the same as that found on the
cardholder statement for the card being used (see page 273).
Street Number
The street number of the cardholder's mailing address.
This number should be the same as that found on the
cardholder statement for the card being used (see page 273).
Zip/Postal Code
The zip/postal code of the cardholder's mailing address.
This code should be the same as that found on the cardholder
statement for the card being used (see page 273).
14 Appendix
261
14.2 Electronic commerce indicator (ECI)
The ECI is a descriptor that specifies how a debit/credit card number was obtained from
the cardholder for the debit/credit financial transaction. The table below lists the ECIs
supported on the Merchant Resource Center.
ECI
Description
M - Manually Keyed Card Present
-
0 - Not an electronic commerce
transaction
-
1 - Mail/Telephone Order - Single
Cardholder provides credit card details via phone or
on paper. Authorizes the use of the card for one
payment.
2 - Mail/Telephone Order - Recurring
Cardholder provides credit card details via phone or
on paper. Authorizes the use of the card for multiple
payments processed at predetermined intervals.
3 - Mail/Telephone Order - Instalment
Cardholder provides credit card details via phone or
on paper. Authorizes the use of the card for a single
payment of goods or services billed to the card in
multiple segments over a period of time.
4 - Mail/Telephone Order
Unknown classification: Cardholder provides credit
card details via phone or on paper. Transaction type
is unknown at time of authorization may be one
time or multiple payments.
5 - Authenticated E-commerce
Transaction (VBV/MCSC)
Applicable to e-commerce transactions whereby the
cardholder provides their card data over the Internet
on a secure site and authenticates their identity via
Verified by Visa/Mastercard SecureCode.
6 - Non Authenticated E-commerce
Transaction (VBV/MCSC)
Applicable to e-commerce transactions whereby the
cardholder provides their card data over the Internet
on a secure site and attempts to authenticate their
identity via Verified by Visa/Mastercard SecureCode.
7 - SSL Transaction (Not Authenticated)
Applicable to e-commerce transactions whereby the
cardholder provides their card data over the Internet
on a secure site.
8 - Non-Secure Transaction - Web or
E-mail based
Applicable to e-commerce transactions whereby the
cardholder provides their card data on an unsecured
website or via e-mail.
14 Appendix
262 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
14.3 Permissions
14.3.1 Admin access level
Admin-level access permissions are grouped into three main areas: administrative level,
transaction level, and report level (refer to the respective tables below).
Important! A user possessing full admin-level permissions has complete control over
other user profiles and your Merchant Resource Center store. Assign permissions to
users based on business requirements. For information about payment card industry
best security practices, refer to the Payment Card Industry (PCI) Security Standards
Council's Web site at www.pcisecuritystandards.org/index.shtml.
Administrative level
The access levels listed* in the table below display in the "Administrative Level" area on
the "Modify User" (or "Add User") page of the user profile that you are modifying.
Access level
If the access level is marked:
All Administrative Access
Allows user to grant the ability to enable full
administrative access.
Add/Modify User and Audit Logs
Allows user to grant the ability to add/modify
user profiles and to view audit logs.
Add/Modify User
Allows user to grant the ability to add or
modify user profiles.
Modify User Only
Allows user to grant the ability to modify user
profiles.
None (User is unable to grant
Admin access to others.)
User cannot grant administrative access.
14 Appendix
263
Transaction level
The access levels listed* in the table below display in the "Transaction Level" area on the
"Modify User" (or "Add User") page of the user profile that you are modifying.
Access level
If access level marked:
All transactions, including
Gift/Loyalty Activate, Gift Purchase,
and Balance Inquiry.
User can grant the ability to perform all
financial transactions.
All transactions except Void, Refund,
and Independent Refund. (Also
excludes Gift/Loyalty Deactivate,
Void, Refund, and Independent
Refund.)
User can grant the ability to perform all
financial transactions except Voids, Refunds,
Independent Refunds, and gift/loyalty
deactivations.
None - User is unable to grant
Transaction access to others.
User cannot grant transaction access.
Report level
The access levels listed in the table below display in the "Report Level" area on the
"Modify User" (or "Add User") page of the user profile that you are modifying.
Access level
If access level marked:
All reports, including Gift/Loyalty
Transaction report.
User can grant the ability to view, generate
all reports.
All reports, except the ability to close
batches.
User can grant the ability to view, generate
all reports (excluding the ability to close
batches).
None - User is unable to grant Report
access to others.
User cannot grant report access.
14 Appendix
264 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
14.3.2 User permissions
User permissions are grouped into several main areas: administrative permissions (see
below), transaction permissions (see page 265), report permissions (see page 266),
gift/loyalty permissions (see page 267), and Vault permissions (see page 268).
Administrative permissions
The user permissions listed in the table below display in the "Administrative
Permissions" area on the "Modify User" (or "Add User") page of the user profile that you
are modifying.
Permission
If permission checkmarked, then:
Add User
User can access the transaction page.
Alter Notification
Addresses
User can access the transaction page.
Alter Batch
User can change the configuration.
Audit
User can access the transaction page.
Configure DirectPost
User can access the transaction page.
Configure Hosted
Paypage
User can access the transaction page.
Configure Multi
Merchant
User can access the transaction page.
Modify User
User can access the transaction page.
Save Changes *
User can execute any of the functions listed this section.
(If this box is unmarked, the user will be restricted to
view-only access. Any attempt to alter the configuration
settings by this user will be logged.)
Set IP Access
User can access the transaction page.
Store Settings
User can access the transaction page.
View API Token
User can access the transaction page.
14 Appendix
265
Transaction permissions
The user permissions listed in the table below display in the "Transaction Permissions"
area on the "Modify User" (or "Add User") page of the user profile that you are modifying.
Permission
If permission checkmarked, then:
Add Recurring
User can access the transaction page.
Capture
User can access the transaction page.
Create Group
User can access the transaction page.
Enable Keyed in PCI mode
When PCI mode is enabled (see page 234), user can do
keyed card entry in Merchant Resource Center fields.
Execute Transactions*
User can perform transactions. (If this box is unmarked,
the user will only be able to access the transaction page,
but they will not be able to process the transaction.)
Independent Refund
User can access the transaction page.
Mandatory AVS
User must enter address verification data if transaction
supports it.
Mandatory CVD
User must enter card verification digits if transaction
supports it.
Preauth
User can access the transaction page (also applies to
"Reauth" page).
Purchase
User can access the transaction page.
Refund
User can access the transaction page.
Retry Recurring
Retry a declined recurring transaction.
Statement Descriptor
User can submit statement descriptor data if transaction
supports it.
Verification
User can access the transaction page.
Voice Auth
User can access the transaction page.
Void
User can access the transaction page.
14 Appendix
266 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
Report Permissions:
The user permissions listed in the table below display in the "Report permissions" area
on the "Modify User" (or "Add User") page of the user profile that you are modifying.
Permission
If permission checkmarked, then:
Allow batch close
User can perform a manual Batch Close.
Allow view of all users'
transactions*
User can view all the transactions processed on the
Merchant Resource Center. (If this box is
unmarked, the user will be able to view only the
transactions that they themselves performed.)
Alter Recurring Transactions
User can modify a recurring transaction.
Batches
User can access the transaction page. (The
generated Batch report details will display all
transactions regardless of the Allow view of all
users' transactions permission.)
Execute Transactions/Batches:
User can perform follow-on transactions and
process Batch Close transactions.
Grouped Transactions
User can access the transaction page.
Manage Recurring Transactions
User can access the transaction page.
Recurring Transaction Reports
User can access the transaction page.
Transactions
User can access the transaction page.
14 Appendix
267
Gift/loyalty permissions:
The user permissions listed in the table below display in the "Gift/Loyalty Permissions"
area on the "Modify User" (or "Add User") page of the user profile that you are modifying.
Permission
If permission checkmarked, then:
Execute Gift/Loyalty Transactions
Reports*
User can perform gift/loyalty transactions
and generate reports. (If this box is
unmarked, the user will only be able to view
the transaction and/or report page; they will
not be able to perform the actual
transaction/generate the report.)
Gift/Loyalty Activate
User can access the transaction page.
Gift/Loyalty Balance Inquiry
User can access the transaction page.
Gift/Loyalty Deactivate
User can access the transaction page.
Gift/Loyalty Independent Refund
User can access the transaction page.
Gift/Loyalty Purchase
User can access the transaction page.
Loyalty Redemption
User can access the transaction page.
Gift/Loyalty Refund
User can access the transaction page.
Gift/Loyalty Transaction Report
User can access the transaction page.
Gift/Loyalty Void
User can access the transaction page.
14 Appendix
268 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
Vault permissions:
The user permissions listed in the table below display in the "Vault Permissions" area on
the "Modify User" (or "Add User") page of the user profile that you are modifying.
Permission
If permission checkmarked, then:
Add Profile
User can access the transaction page.
Delete Profile
User can perform this transaction.
Execute Vault Transactions/Reports
User can perform Vault transactions and generate
reports. (If this box is unmarked, the user will only
be able to view the transaction page, but they will
not be able to perform the transaction.)
Manage Profiles
User can access the transaction page.
Vault Reports
User can access the transaction page.
Update Profile Details
User can perform this transaction.
14 Appendix
269
14.4 Managed account updater service
The managed account updater service allows you to maintain accuracy of your
customers’ data stored in Merchant Resource Center Vault and Recurring transactions
with the Visa Account Updater (VAU) and the Mastercard Automatic Billing Updater
(ABU).
VAU and ABU are mechanisms for updating cardholder account information
electronically among participating card issuers, payment processors, and merchants
who accept account-on-file transactions.
Note: Not all card issuers participate in the VAU and ABU programs, which may impact
the availability of updated cardholder account information.
How does it work?
1. Participating card issuers submit cardholder account changes, such as card
numbers and expiry dates, to the VAU and ABU databases.
2. As the merchant, you enrol in the Merchant Resource Center managed account
update service.
3. When the service is enabled on your store, you must configure the setting to
specify whether you want the service to work for Recurring transactions and/or
Vault profiles (see page 238).
4. Periodically, your stored customer data are automatically submitted to VAU and
ABU databases and then your store profiles are updated accordingly:
Note: If the VAU or ABU database returns a response indicating "closed" or
"contact" for a registered card (account) number that you have used to set
up a Vault profile or Recurring transaction on your store, the Merchant
Resource Center will stop automatic card updates for the Vault profile or
Recurring transaction (if the automatic update options are enabled for
your store as referenced in step 3).
Recurring transactions - data submitted 5 days before the next billing date
Vault profiles all the stored customer profiles are submitted once a week.
5. You may use the managed account updater report to see which recurring and/or
vault profiles have been updated (see page 206).
14 Appendix
270 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
14.5 Level 2/3 reporting
If your store is enabled for the level 2/3 reporting feature, the Merchant Resource Center
will give you the option to add "level 2/3" tax and product details to eligible transactions
if a supported purchasing card is used to process those transactions. Level 2/3 details
may be added only to Captures (see pages 74 and 76) and Refunds (see page 82).
If level 2/3 details are added to a transaction that has been successfully processed, you
will be given the option to view the level 2/3 details from the transaction's "Order
History" page (see page 121).
Note: If you enter a supported purchasing card when performing a debit/credit
Purchase, the Merchant Resource Center will prompt you to choose whether or not
you want to add level 2/3 details to the transaction. If you opt to add level 2/3
details, the Merchant Resource Center automatically transitions the Purchase into
a Preauthorization transaction. You will have the opportunity to add level 2/3
details at the time you capture the Preauthorization.
If your store is not enabled for level 2/3 reporting, you may still accept purchasing
cards for payment; however, the Merchant Resource Center will not give you the
option to add level 2/3 details.
Differences between level 2 and level 3 details
Note: For information about common level 2/3 details fields, see page 271.
Level 2 details - include a breakdown of sales tax data (e.g. GST, PST, HST, QST
where applicable) Customer ID, P.O. number, general ledger code or account
number, brokerage fees, and duty amount.
Level 3 details - include product description, unit/measurement, shipping
information, product codes, and freight/delivery charges (similar to the level of
detail found on invoices).
14 Appendix
271
14.5.1 Level 2/3 details fields
The table below (continues to page 272) lists common level 2/3 details fields that may be
displayed on the "Capture " page. Descriptions of what data to enter in each field are
also included.
Field
Enter this data:
Buyer Name
Buyer/recipient name required by CRA for transactions
greater than $150. 00.
Commodity Code
Line item commodity code. (If "Commodity Code" data
is not sent, then "Product Code" data must be sent.)
Customer Ref. Identifier
16 character value which the customer may choose to
provide at the point of sale (must be entered if provided
by the customer).
If "Customer Code" data was collected at time of the
original preauthorization, this field will be prefilled by
the customer code, but it does not need to be the same
as the customer code.
Description
Line item description.
Destination Country
This field is prefilled if data is entered in the
"Destination Postal Code" field; otherwise, select the
country where goods will be delivered.
Destination Postal Code
The postal code where goods will be delivered (must be
provided if shipping to an address within Canada).
If shipping outside Canada please leave blank.
Duty Amount
Duty on total purchase amount. Mandatory for
international sales if duty applies.
Freight Amount (inc taxes)
If shipping is not provided as a line item, it must be
provided here (freight charges on total purchase) if
applicable.
GST Amount
See HST Amount.
HST Amount
Must reflect the amount of national tax (GST or HST)
appearing on the invoice.
Invoice Tax Exempt
If GST/HST (and PST/QST if applicable) can be exempted
on the specific line item then this option needs to be
selected. Otherwise, if not selected, the applicable
national and federal taxes will be sent based on the
destination postal code.
14 Appendix
272 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
Field
Enter this data:
Product Code
Line item product code (if this field is not sent, then
item "Commodity Code" must be sent). If the order has
a "Freight/Shipping" line item, the "Product Code" data
has to be "Freight/Shipping". If the order has a
"Discount" line item, the "Product Code" data has to be
"Discount".
PST Amount
Must reflect the amount of local tax (PST or QST)
appearing on the invoice. If shipping to a province that
only supports HST, this field will not appear as an
option. If it appears, it is mandatory.
QST Amount
See PST Amount.
Quantity
Quantity of line item (must be a numeric value).
Unit Cost
Line item cost per unit. Must contain 2 decimal places.
Unit Meas.
Unit of measure.
VAT Reference Num
Unique value-added tax invoice reference number.
Must be populated with the invoice number. Cannot be
all spaces or all zeroes.
14 Appendix
273
14.6 Address verification service (AVS)
The address verification service (AVS) is a fraud prevention feature that enables the card
issuer to compare the street number, street name, and zip/postal code data that you
entered during the transaction with the corresponding data that appears on the
cardholder's statement.
To use AVS, your store must be enabled for the e-Fraud protection feature.
How to know if your store is enabled for AVS:
If your store is enabled for this feature, an "Address Verification" area, including
associated address fields, will display on several virtual terminal transaction pages (see
page 49).
You must enter the street number, street name, and zip/postal code data in the
appropriate fields.
Note: It is strongly recommend that you include AVS details with all of your manually
entered (keyed) transactions (MOTO/e-commerce). Doing so will ensure
transactions are qualifying at the best possible interchange rate and will minimize
costs to accept credit cards. If AVS is not present, the transaction may be assessed a
higher interchange fee. AVS is not supported for UnionPay cards.
For a full list of possible AVS result codes refer to the CVD AVS Result Code table on
the Developer Portal (see page 276).
14.7 Card Validation Digits (CVD)
The card validation digits (CVD) value refers to the numbers appearing on the back of the
credit card. It is an optional fraud prevention tool that enables you to verify data
provided by the cardholder at transaction time. This data is submitted along with the
transaction to the issuing bank, which provides a response indicating whether the data
is a match.
Note: A CVD response will not be returned for UnionPay cards.
For a full list of possible CVD result codes refer to the CVD AVS Result Code table on the
Developer Portal (see page 276).
14 Appendix
274 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
14.8 Using the Merchant Resource Center store in a test
environment
The Merchant Resource Center test environment is designed to replicate the production
environment as closely as possible. The test environment is accessible 24 hours a day, 7
days a week. Follow the steps below to login into the Merchant Resource Center test
environment.
Note: Moneris cannot guarantee 100% availability of the Test environment. Please be
aware that other merchants are using the test environment; hence, you will likely
see transactions and user IDs that you did not create. As a courtesy to others who
are also testing Moneris asks that you work only with the transactions/users that
you created.
1. Visit https://esqa.moneris.com/mpg/.
2. Wait for the "Merchant Resource Center" login page to display.
3. Enter the "demouser" credentials in the fields:
To test this feature
Field
Enter this data:
Username
demouser
eFraud (AVS , CVD)
Store ID
store1
store2
store3
store5
VBV
moneris
Password
abc1234
4. Click on the Submit button.
5. The operation is complete.
14 Appendix
275
14.8.1 Test card numbers
Use the following test card account numbers with any future expiry date:
Important! These cards are for the Test environment only. DO NOT use in the
Production environment.
Card type
Card number
Amex
373599005095005
Diners
36462462742008
Discover
6510000000000182
JCB
3566007770015365
Mastercard
5454545454545454
Visa
4242424242424242
UnionPay
6250944000000773
Although the test environment is designed to replicate the production environment as
closely as possible, one major difference is that test transactions are not sent to the
production authorization network. This means issuer responses are simulated. In
Addition, the requirement to emulate approval, decline, and error situations dictates the
use of certain transaction variables to initiate various response and error situations.
The test environment approves and declines transactions based on the penny value of
the amount field. For example, a transaction processed for $399.00 or $1.00 will be
approved since the .00 penny value is set to "approve" in the test environment.
Transactions in the test environment should not exceed $1000.00. (This limit does not
exist in the production environment.)
For a list of all current test environment responses for various penny values,
download the appropriate documentation (i.e., the Test Environment Penny
Response table as well as the Test Environment e-Fraud Response table). For
instructions on how to obtain this documentation, see page 276.
14 Appendix
276 Moneris Merchant Resource Center User Manual
14.9 Assistance and resources
Assistance
Enabling store features (e.g.,
Recurring billing, gift/loyalty)
Creating merchant accounts
Enabling Independent Refunds
(temporarily)
Adding card plans, pricing and
other sales-related
Call toll free: 1-866-319-7450.
Technical issues
Training
For online assistance, e-mail:
onlinepayments@moneris.com
OR
For telephone assistance, call toll free:
1-866-319-7450.
Documentation
Error Codes and Messages
Integration Guides
1. Go to the Merchant Resource Center
login page (visit
https://www3.moneris.com/mpg/).
2. Click on the Developer Portal link at the
bottom of the page (you may be
required to register for an account).
Drivers and APIs
APIs
PIN Pad drivers
ICC Simulators
1. Go to the Merchant Resource Center
login page (visit
https://www3.moneris.com/mpg/).
2. Click on the Developer Portal link at the
bottom of the page (you may be
required to register for an account).
14 Appendix
277
Other
Activating your store
1. Visit moneris.com/activate.
2. For instructions see page 3.

Navigation menu